<PAGE>
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-KSB
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the Year ended DECEMBER 31, 1998
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from ________
to ________
Commission file number 0-25020
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP
---------------------
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<S> <C>
State of California 77-0388249
------------------- ----------
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Identification No.)
employee incorporation or organization)
545 12th Street, Paso Robles, California 93446 (805) 239-5200
- ---------------------------------------------- --------------
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's telephone
number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
- ------------------- -----------------------------------------
Common Stock, (no par value) None
</TABLE>
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has riled all reports
required to be riled by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-B is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB or any
amendment to this Form 10-KSB [X].
Registrant's revenues for 1998 were $14,351,468. The aggregate market value
of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at March 1st,
1999 was $12,078,804. As of March 1st, 1999, the Registrant had 1,113,950
shares of Common Stock outstanding.
The following documents are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items
9 through 12 of Registrant's definitive proxy statement for the 1999 annual
meeting of shareholders.
Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one) Yes [ ] No[X]
1
<PAGE>
PART I
ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
General
Heritage Oaks Bancorp (the "Company") is a California corporation organized
in 1994 to act as the bank holding company of Heritage Oaks Bank (the
"Bank"). In 1994, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
the Bank in a holding company formation transaction. Other than holding the
shares of the Bank, the Company conducts no significant activities, although
it is authorized, with the prior approval of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"), the Company's principal
regulator, to engage in a variety of activities which are deemed closely
related to the business of banking.
Banking Services
The Bank was licensed by the California Department of Financial Institutions
("DFI") and commenced operation in January 1983. As a California state bank,
the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the
DFI and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). The Bank is also
subject to certain other federal laws and regulations. The deposits of the
Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits thereof. The Bank
is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 1998, the
Company had approximately $131.2 million in assets, $69.8 million in net
loans, $119.4 million in deposits, and $9.4 million in stockholders' equity.
The Bank is headquartered in Paso Robles with a branch office in Paso Robles,
two branches in San Luis Obispo and a branch office in Cambria, a loan
production office located in Grover Beach, a new full service branch located
in Santa Maria which opened February 1, 1999 and a new full service branch
located in Atascadero scheduled to open March 15, 1999. The Bank conducts a
commercial banking business in San Luis Obispo County, Northern Santa Barbara
County and Northern Monterey County, including accepting demand, savings and
time deposits, and making commercial, real estate, SBA, agricultural, credit
card, and consumer loans. It also offers installment note collection,
provides POS terminals and processing, issues cashiers checks and money
orders, sells travelers checks, and provides bank-by-mail, night depository,
safe deposit boxes, and other customary banking services. The Bank does not
offer trust services or international banking services and does not plan to
do so in the near future.
The Bank's operating policy since its inception has emphasized small business
commercial and retail banking. Most of the Bank's customers are retail
customers, farmers and small to medium-sized businesses. The Bank takes real
estate, listed and unlisted securities, savings and time deposits,
automobiles, machinery and equipment as collateral for loans. The areas in
which the Bank has directed virtually all of its lending activities are (i)
commercial and agricultural loans, (ii) installment loans, (iii) construction
loans, and (iv) other real estate loans or commercial loans secured by real
estate. As of December 31, 1998, these four categories accounted for
approximately 53.7%, 4.1%, 11.7% and 30.5% respectively, of the Bank's loan
portfolio. As of December 31, 1998, $30,029,859 or 42.2% of the Bank's
$71,185,609 in gross loans consisted of interim construction and real estate
loans, primarily for single family residences or for commercial development.
Additionally, commercial and agricultural loans grew $12.9 million
(approximately 50.9%) between year end 1997 and year end 1998. See "Item 6
- - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
Most of the Bank's deposits are attracted by local promotional activities and
advertising in the local media. A material portion of the Bank's deposits
have not been obtained from a single person or a few persons, the loss of any
one or more of which would have a materially adverse effect on the business
of the Bank. As of December 31, 1998, the Bank had approximately 9,808
deposit accounts consisting of non-interest bearing (demand),
interest-bearing demand and money
2
<PAGE>
market accounts with balances totaling $78,684,513 for an average balance per
account of approximately $8,022; 4,347 savings accounts with balances
totaling $11,592,944 for an average balance per account of approximately
$2,667; and 1,199 time certificate of deposit accounts with balances totaling
$29,130,249, for an average balance per account of approximately $24,295.
The principal sources of the Banks revenues are (i) interest and fees on
loans, (ii) interest on investments, (iii) service charges on deposit
accounts and other charges and fees, and (iv) ATM transaction fees,
sponsorship fees and interchange income, (v) bankcard merchant fees and (vi)
mortgage organization fees (vii) miscellaneous income. For the year ended
December 31, 1998, these sources comprised 45.0%, 10.7%, 4.8%, 29.7%, 5.3%,
2,1% and 2.4%, respectively, of the Bank's total operating income. ATM
transaction fees, sponsorship fees and interchange income is anticipated to
reduce from this level in 1999.
The Bank has arranged to install 58 cash dispensing machines for the purpose
of dispensing cash at 10 sites on Native American lands where bingo games and
other gaming operations are conducted, at other commercial locations, and at
the Bank's 8 offices. The Bank receives a transaction fee for each completed
transaction on the cash dispensing machines at the gaming sites. In previous
years, the Bank shared a portion of the fees with two individuals who had
helped to make these arrangements and with the tribes on whose lands the cash
dispensing machines are installed. During September 1996, the Bank bought
out the interest of one of the individuals. During April 1997, the Bank
bought out the interest of the other individual. In prior years, the Bank
only received the net earnings from the surcharge revenue received from the
gaming network. After the Bank had purchased the interest of the two
individuals, it then assumed all direct costs and received all of the revenue
net of the amounts that are still paid to the tribes on whose land the
casinos are located. The contract buy outs are being amortized over a period
of 18 to 36 months.
The total amortization expense for 1998 was $260,007 with the remaining
unamortized cost on the books at December 31, 1998 was $77,917.
The Company has also caused to be incorporated a proposed subsidiary, CCMS
Systems, Inc. which is currently inactive and has not been capitalized. The
Company has no present plans to activate the proposed subsidiary.
The Bank has not engaged in any material research activities relating to the
development of new services or the improvement of existing bank services.
There has been no significant change in the types of services offered by the
Bank since its inception. The Bank has no present plans regarding "a new
line of business" requiring the investment of a material amount of total
assets. Most of the Banks business originates from San Luis Obispo, Northern
Santa Barbara and Southern Monterey Counties and there is no emphasis on
foreign sources and application of funds. The Banks business, based upon
performance to date, does not appear to be seasonal. Management of the Bank
is unaware of any material effect upon the Banks capital expenditures,
earnings or competitive position as a result of federal, state or local
environmental regulations.
The Bank holds no patents, licenses (other than licenses obtained from bank
regulatory authorities), franchises or concessions.
When the Company uses or incorporates by reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-KSB (The "Annual Report") the words "anticipate", "estimate",
"expect", "project", "intend", "commit", "believe" and similar expressions,
the Company intends to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements
are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those
described in this Annual Report. Should one or more of these risks or
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect,
actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated,
expected, projected, intended, committed or believed.
3
<PAGE>
Employees
As of February 1, 1999, the Bank had a total of 68 full-time equivalent
employees. The management of the Bank believes that its employee relations
are satisfactory. The Company has only one salaried employee (the internal
auditor). The Company's officers all hold similar positions at the Bank and
receive compensation from the Bank.
Competition
The banking and financial services business in California generally, and in
the Banks market area specifically, is highly competitive. The increasingly
competitive environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation,
changes in technology and product delivery systems, and the accelerating pace
of consolidation among financial services providers.
The Bank's business is concentrated in its service area, which encompasses
San Luis Obispo County, Northern Santa Barbara County and Northern Monterey
County. In order to compete with other financial institutions in its service
area, the Bank relies principally upon local advertising programs; direct
personal contact by officers, directors, employees, and shareholders; and
specialized services such as courier pick-up and delivery of non-cash banking
items. The Bank emphasizes to its customers the advantages of dealing with a
locally owned and community oriented institution. The Bank also seeks to
provide special services and programs for individuals in its primary service
area who are employed in the agricultural, professional and business fields,
such as loans for equipment, furniture, tools of the trade or expansion of
practices or businesses. Larger banks may have a competitive advantage
because of higher lending limits and major advertising and marketing
campaigns. They also perform services, such as trust services, international
banking, discount brokerage and insurance services which the Bank is not
authorized or prepared to offer currently. The Bank has made arrangements
with its correspondent banks and with others to provide such services for its
customers. For borrowers requiring loans in excess of the Bank's legal
lending limits, the Bank has offered, and intends to offer in the future,
such loans on a participating basis with its correspondent banks and with
other independent banks, retaining the portion of such loans which is within
its lending limits. As of December 31, 1998, the Bank's legal lending limits
to a single borrower and such borrower's related parties were $1,443,725 on
an unsecured basis and $2,406,209 on a fully secured basis based on
regulatory capital of $9,624,836.
Commercial banks compete with savings and loan associations, credit unions,
other financial institutions, securities and brokerage firms, and other
entities for funds. For instance, yields on corporate and government debt
securities and other commercial paper affect the ability of commercial banks
to attract and hold deposits. Commercial banks also compete for loans with
savings and loan associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies,
mortgage companies and other lending institutions.
In recent years competition for cash dispensing machines on Native American
lands in connection with gaming operations has increased and no assurance can
be given that the Bank will be able to continue to provide these services at
as many locations and with the same degree of profitability as in the past.
The Company believes that the profitability on such business will reduce in
1999 from the levels of 1998.
Effect of Governmental Policies and Recent Legislation
Banking is a business that depends on rate differentials. In general, the
difference between the interest rate paid by the Bank on its deposits and its
other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Bank on loans extended
to its customers and securities held in the Bank's portfolio comprise the
major portion of the Bank's earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to
many factors that are beyond the control of the Bank. Accordingly, the
earnings and growth of the Bank are subject to the influence of domestic and
foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.
The commercial banking business is not only affected by general economic
conditions but is also influenced by
4
<PAGE>
the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies
of regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal
Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as
curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in
United States Government securities, by adjusting the required level of
reserves for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements and
by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository
institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas
influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect
interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature and impact
of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.
From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing
the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or
affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial
institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the
operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial
institutions are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature
and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies. For
example, legislation has been introduced in Congress that would repeal the
current statutory restrictions on affiliations between commercial banks and
securities firms. See "Financial Modernization Legislation."
Supervision and Regulation
The Company and the Bank is extensively regulated under both federal and
state law. Set forth below is a summary description of certain laws which
relate to the regulation of the Company and the Bank. The description does
not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the applicable laws and regulations.
The Company
The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Bank Holding Company Act"), and is
registered as such with, and subject to the supervision of, the Federal
Reserve Board. The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve
Board quarterly and annual reports and such additional information as the
Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act.
The Federal Reserve Board may conduct examinations of bank holding companies
and their subsidiaries.
The Company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board
before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or
ownership or control of the voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect
to such acquisition of shares, the Company would own or control more than 5%
of the voting shares of such bank. Prior approval of the Federal Reserve
Board is also required for the merger or consolidation of the Company and
another bank holding company.
The Company is prohibited by the Bank Holding Company Act, except in certain
statutorily prescribed instances, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership
or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company
that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging , directly or
indirectly, in activities other than those of banking, managing or
controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiaries. However, the
Company may, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board,
engage in any, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities that are
deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or
managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.
The Federal Reserve Board may require that the Company terminate an activity
or terminate control of or liquidate or divest subsidiaries or affiliates
when the Federal Reserve Board determines that the activity or the control or
the subsidiary or affiliates constitutes a significant risk to the financial
safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. The
Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to regulate provisions of
certain bank holding company debt, including authority to impose interest
ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances,
the Company must file written notice and obtain approval from the Federal
Reserve Board prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities.
5
<PAGE>
Under the Federal Reserve Board's regulations, a bank holding company is
required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its
subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe and unsound
manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board's policy that in
serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding
company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate
capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or
adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising
capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks.
A bank holding company's failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source
of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the
Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a
violation of the Federal Reserve Board's regulations or both.
The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and filed reports and proxy
statements pursuant to such Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC")
The Bank
The Bank is chartered under the laws of the State of California and its
deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. The Bank is
subject to the supervision of, and is regularly examined by, the DFI and the
FDIC. Such supervision and regulation include comprehensive reviews of all
major aspects of the Banks business and condition.
Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States and
the State of California affect the operations of the Bank. Federal and
California statutes relate to many aspects of the Banks operations,
including reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits,
loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends and
locations of branch offices. Further, the Bank is required to maintain
certain levels of capital.
Capital Standards
The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk-based minimum
capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the
degree of risk associated with a banking organization's operations for both
transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions, such
as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off
balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets
and credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by
one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets
with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for
assets with relatively high credit risk, such as business loans.
A banking organization's risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing
its qualifying capital by its total risk adjusted assets. The regulators
measure risk-adjusted assets, which includes off balance sheet items, against
both total qualifying capital (the sum of Tier 1 capital and limited amounts
of Tier 2 capital) and Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital consists primarily of
common stock, retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock
(cumulative perpetual preferred stock for bank holding companies) and
minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most intangible assets.
Tier 2 capital may consist of a limited amount of the allowance for possible
loan and lease losses, cumulative preferred stock, long term preferred
stock, eligible term subordinated debt and certain other instruments with
some characteristics of equity. The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital
is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal
banking agencies. The federal banking agencies require a minimum ratio of
qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of
Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4%.
In addition to the risked-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require
banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total
assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking organization rated in
6
<PAGE>
the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking
organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets
is 3%. For all banking organizations not rated in the highest category, the
minimum leverage ratio must be at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3%
minimum, or 4% to 5%. In addition to these uniform risk-based capital
guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the regulators
have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for
specific institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and
ratios.
Future changes in regulations or practices could further reduce the amount of
capital recognized for purposes of capital adequacy. Such a change could
affect the ability of the Bank to grow and could restrict the amount of
profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends
The following table presents the amounts of regulatory capital and the
capital ratios for the Bank, compared to its minimum regulatory capital
requirements as of December 31, 1998.
DECEMBER 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MINIMUM
ACTUAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
------ --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
LEVERAGE RATIO 7.55% 4.0%
TIER 1 RISK-BASED RATIO 9.69% 4.0%
TOTAL RISK-BASED RATIO 10.81% 8.0%
</TABLE>
Under applicable regulatory guidelines, the Bank was considered "Well
Capitalized" at December 31, 1998. ] Under existing regulations of the
Federal Reserve Board, the capital ratios of the bank holding company with
total assets of less than $150 million, such as the Company, are deemed to be
the same as those of the Bank.
On January 1, 1998 new legislation became effective which, among other
things, gave the power to the DFI to take possession of the business and
properties of a bank in the event that the tangible shareholders' equity of
the bank is less than the greater of (i) 3% of the banks total assets or (ii)
$1,000,000.
Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms
Federal law requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective
action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including
but not limited to those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum
capital ratios. The law required each federal banking agency to promulgate
regulations defining the following five categories in which an insured
depository institution will be placed, based on the level of its capital
ratios: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.
An insured depository institution generally will be classified in the
following categories based on capital measures indicated below:
"Well capitalized" "Adequately capitalized"
- ------------------ ------------------------
7
<PAGE>
Total risk-based capital of 10%; Total risk-based capital of 8%;
Tier 1 risk-based capital of 6%; and Tier 1 risk-based capital of 4%;
Leverage ratio of 5%. and Leverage ratio of 4%.
"Undercapitalized" "Significantly undercapitalized"
- ------------------ --------------------------------
Total risk-based capital less than 8%; Total risk-based capital less than
Tier 1 risk-based capital less than 4%; or 6%; Tier 1 risk-based capital less
Leverage ratio less than 4%. than 3%; or Leverage ratio less
than 3%.
"Critically undercapitalized"
- -----------------------------
Tangible equity to total assets less than 2%.
An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as "well
capitalized," "adequately capitalized" or undercapitalized" may be treated as
though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal
banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an
unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such
treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository
institution is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking agencies,
however, may not treat an institution as "critically undercapitalized" unless
its capital ratio actually warrants such treatment.
The law prohibits insured depository institutions from paying management fees
to any controlling persons or, with certain limited exceptions, making
capital distributions if after such transaction the institution would be
undercapitalized. If an insured depository institution is undercapitalized,
it will be closely monitored by the appropriate federal banking agency,
subject to asset growth restrictions and required to obtain prior regulatory
approval for acquisitions, branching and engaging in new lines of business.
Any undercapitalized depository institution must submit an acceptable capital
restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency 45 days after
becoming undercapitalized. The appropriate federal banking agency cannot
accept a capital plan unless, among other things, it determines that the plan
(i) specifies the steps the institution will take to become adequately
capitalized, (ii) is based on realistic assumptions and (iii) is likely to
succeed in restoring the depository institution's capital. In addition, each
company controlling an undercapitalized depository institution must guarantee
that the institution will comply with the capital plan until the depository
institution has been adequately capitalized on an average basis during each
of four consecutive calendar quarters and must otherwise provide adequate
assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of such guarantee is
limited to the lesser of (a) an amount equal to 5% of the depository
institution's total assets at the time the institution became
undercapitalized or (b) the amount which is necessary to bring the
institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable to such
institution as of the time the institution fails to comply with its capital
restoration plan. Finally, the appropriate federal banking agency may impose
any of the additional restrictions or sanctions that it may impose on
significantly undercapitalized institutions if it determines that such action
will further the purpose of the prompt correction action provisions.
An insured depository institution that is significantly undercapitalized, or
is undercapitalized and fails to submit, or in a material respect to
implement, an acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to additional
restrictions and sanctions. These include, among other things: (i) a forced
sale of voting shares to raise capital or, if grounds exist for appointment
of a receiver or conservator, a forced merger; (ii) restrictions on
transactions with affiliates; (iii) further limitations on interest rates
paid on deposits; (iv) further restrictions on growth or required shrinkage;
(v) modification or termination of specified activities; (vi) replacement of
directors or senior executive officers; (vii) prohibitions on the receipt of
deposits from correspondent institutions; (viii) restrictions on capital
distributions by the holding companies of such institutions; (ix) required
divestiture of subsidiaries by the institution; or (x) other restrictions as
determined by the appropriate federal banking agency. Although the
appropriate federal banking
8
<PAGE>
agency has discretion to determine which of the foregoing restrictions or
sanctions it will seek to impose, it is required to force a sale of voting
shares or merger, impose restrictions on affiliate transactions and impose
restrictions on rates paid on deposits unless it determines that such actions
would not further the purpose of the prompt corrective action provisions. In
addition, without the prior written approval of the appropriate federal
banking agency, a significantly undercapitalized institution may not pay any
bonus to its senior executive officers or provide compensation to any of them
at a rate that exceeds such officer's average rate of base compensation
during the 12 calendar months preceding the month in which the institution
became undercapitalized.
Further restrictions and sanctions are required to be imposed on insured
depository institutions that are critically undercapitalized. For example, a
critically undercapitalized institution generally would be prohibited from
engaging in any material transaction other than in the ordinary course of
business without prior regulatory approval and could not, with certain
exceptions, make any payment of principal or interest on its subordinated
debt beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized. Most
importantly, however, except under limited circumstances, the appropriate
federal banking agency, not later than 90 days after an insured depository
institution becomes critically undercapitalized, is required to appoint a
conservator or receiver for the institution. The board of directors of an
insured depository institution would not be liable to the institution's
shareholders or creditors for consenting in good faith to the appointment of
a receiver or conservator or to an acquisition or merger as required by the
regulator.
In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions,
commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement
actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in
conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or
any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with
the agency. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator
or receiver, the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be judicially
enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a
depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the
issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and
informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against
institution-affiliated parties and the enforcement of such actions through
injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that
the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.
Premiums for Deposit Insurance
All deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC through the Bank Insurance
Fund ("BIF") which are subject to FDIC insurance assessment. The amount of
FDIC assessment paid by individual insured depository institutions is based
upon their relative risk as measured by regulatory capital ratios and certain
other factors. During 1995, the FDIC significantly reduced premium rates
assessed on deposits insured by the BIF. As a result of its "Well
Capitalized" status, the Bank paid $20,153 in 1998.
Financial Modernization Legislation
Various proposals to adopt comprehensive financial modernization legislation
have been introduced in Congress which include, among other things,
elimination of the federal thrift charter, creation of a uniform financial
institutions charter, expansion of bank powers, and integration of banking,
commerce, securities activities and insurance. In May 1998, the House passed
legislation that would have overhauled the financial services industry and
would have, among other things, allowed mergers among banking, securities and
insurance firms. Congress adjourned for 1998 without the passage of similar
legislation by the Senate. Similar legislation has already been introduced
in both houses of Congress in the current session. It is currently
impossible to predict whether and in
9
<PAGE>
what form financial reform legislation will be passed in 1999 or in the
future or what the impact of such legislation might be on the Company, its
financial condition and business as well as its results of operations.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting
obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and Community
Reinvestment Act ("CRA") activities. The CRA generally requires the federal
banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting
the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate
income neighborhoods. In addition to substantial penalties and corrective
measures that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws,
the federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into
account when regulating and supervising other activities.
In connection with its assessment of CRA performance, the appropriate bank
regulatory agency assigns a rating of "outstanding." "satisfactory," "needs
to improve" or "substantial noncompliance." At its last examination by the
FDIC, the Bank received a CRA rating of "Satisfactory."
Accounting Changes
From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issues
pronouncements which govern the accounting treatment for the Company's
financial statements. For a description of the recent pronouncements
applicable to the Company (see the Notes to the Financial Statements included
in Item 7 of this Report). The FASB recently proposed for comment a change
in the accounting rules relating to mergers and acquisitions. Specifically,
the "pooling method" of accounting for mergers would be eliminated.
Financial institutions often prefer to account for mergers using this method
and many of the mergers in the financial institutions industry in the last
several years have been accounted for using the pooling method. The impact
of such accounting change, if adopted, on mergers and acquisitions involving
financial institutions and upon the Company and the value of its Common Stock
can not presently be predicted.
Potential Enforcement Actions
Commercial banking organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, may be
subject to potential enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Board, the
DFI and the FDIC for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their
businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition
imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency.
Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or receiver,
the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be judicially enforced, the
termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository
institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of
directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal
agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against
institution-affiliated parties and the enforcement of such actions through
injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that
the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.
ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTIES
The Bank and the Company occupy a permanent headquarters facility which is
located at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso Robles, Ca. The purchase price for the
headquarters, was approximately $1,000,000 for the building and land. This
building has approximately 9,000 square feet of space and off-street parking.
The Bank has remodeled this building at an approximate cost of $300,000.
10
<PAGE>
The Bank has a non-banking office, located at 600 Twelfth Street, Paso Robles
(directly across from its present headquarters) which was purchased by the
Bank on December 23, 1986, for approximately $400,000 from an unaffiliated
party.
In June of 1994, the Bank opened a branch at 171 Niblick Rd., Paso Robles,
Ca. The Bank leases this 1,400 square foot branch for $2,135 per month. On
March 6, 1997, the Bank renewed the lease for an additional three year term.
On June 26, 1997 the Bank executed a lease for its branch office at 297
Madonna Road, San Luis Obispo. The branch was previously located in premises
which were acquired from La Cumbre Savings which lease expired in 1997. The
new branch lease is for 6,200 square feet of which the Bank subleases
approximately 58% to another firm and uses 42%. The other firm pays 58% of
the rent and expenses and the Bank pays 42%. The rent under the lease for
the entire space starts at $6,200/month for the first year; $6,280/month for
the next two years; $7,750/month for the next two years the rent is then
repriced in year six of the lease to 95% of the prevailing fair market value
and then increases each year thereafter at the greater of the consumer price
index or 2.5% until the lease expires on June 30, 2009.
The Bank opened a branch office at 1135 Santa Rosa Street in downtown San
Luis Obispo, Ca in April 1996. The Bank is leasing a building containing
approximately 5,618 square feet for $5,555 per month for the next four years.
The lease payment will increase by approximately $500 per month during the
next 4 years. The lease will expire on February 28, 2001 at which time the
Bank has an option to renew the lease for an additional 5 years.
On February 21, 1997, the Bank acquired the Cambria branch of Wells Fargo
Bank located at 1276 Tamson Drive, Cambria. The Bank leases this 2,916
square foot branch for rent of $2,208 per month, subject to adjustments for
cost of living increases and certain pass-throughs. The lease will expire in
2004 at which time the Bank has an option to renew the lease for two
additional five year terms.
On August 26, 1998, the Company purchased property located at 9900 El Camino
Real, Atascadero. The purchase price was $271,160. The corporation has
entered into a contract with Sabaloni Construction to construct a building
with a total of 3,500 square feet of floor space. The total costs of
improvements will be $363,000 plus furniture and fixtures. Once complete,
the bank will enter into a long term lease with the corporation to occupy the
building.
On November 1, 1998, the bank entered into a 10 year lease with an affiliated
party to lease property known as 1660 South Broadway, Santa Maria, Ca. The
lease calls for monthly payments based on a triple net price of $1.15 per
square foot or $5,395 per month. The rent will adjust each November by the
Consumer Price Index or a maximum of 6%. The lease will expire on October 31,
2008, with the banking having three five year options to renew.
On August 1, 1998 the bank entered into a one year lease agreement to lease
property located at 960 Grand Ave, Suite 1, Grover Beach, Ca.. The lease
calls for a payment of $1,000 per month triple net. At the maturity, the
lease will convert to a month to month lease at the same payment terms. The
bank operates a loan production office out of this facility.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Bank is, from time to time, subject to various pending and threatened
legal actions which arise out of the normal course of its business. Neither
the Company nor the Bank is a party to any pending legal or administrative
proceedings (other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the
Company's or the Bank's business) and no such proceedings are known to be
contemplated.
There are no material proceedings adverse to the Company or the Bank to which
any director, officer, affiliate of the Company or 5 % shareholder of the
Company or the Bank, or any associate of any such director, officer,
affiliate or 5%
11
<PAGE>
shareholder of the Company or Bank is a party, and none of the above persons
has a material interest adverse to the Company or the Bank.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
NO MATTERS WERE SUBMITTED TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS DURING THE FOURTH
QUARTER OF 1998.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Market Information
There is a limited over-the-counter market for the Company's Common Stock.
The Company's Common Stock is not listed on any exchange or market. However,
Maguire Investments, Inc., Hoefer & Arnett, Inc., Pacfic Crest Securities and
Sutro & Co. make a market in the Company's Common Stock. Certain
information concerning the Common Stock is reported on the NASDAQ electronic
bulletin board under the symbol "HEOP."
The information in the following table indicates the high and low bid prices
of the Company's Common Stock for each quarterly period during the last two
years based upon information provided by Maguire Investments, Inc., Hoefer &
Arnett, Inc., Pacific Crest Securities and Sutro & Co.. These prices do not
include retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commission.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Quarter Ended Bid Prices (1)
1998 Low High
<S> <C> <C>
March 31 $13.50 $16.00
June 30 15.75 16.75
September 30 16.00 17.75
December 31 16.00 17.00
1997 Low High
12
<PAGE>
March 31 $8.00 $10.00
June 30 10.00 11.33
September 30 10.33 11.33
December 31 11.50 12.67
</TABLE>
(1) All per share information has been retroactively adjusted for the
three-for-two stock split paid on November 5, 1997
Holders
As of February 1, 1999, there were approximately 550 holders of the Company's
Common Stock. There are no other classes of equity outstanding.
Dividends
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The
Company's shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared
by its Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefore, subject
to the restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law (the
"Corporation Law"). The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may make
a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation's retained earnings
equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution. The Corporation Law
also provides that, in the event that sufficient retained earnings are not
available for the proposed distribution, a corporation may nevertheless make
a distribution to its shareholders if it meets two conditions, which
generally stated are as follows: (i) the corporation's assets equal at least
1-1/4 times its liabilities, and (ii) the corporation's current assets equal
at least its current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation's
earnings before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two
preceding fiscal years was less than the average of the corporation's
interest expenses for such fiscal years, then the corporation's current
assets must equal at least 1-1/4 times its current liabilities.
The ability of the Company to pay a cash dividend depends largely on the
Bank's ability to pay a cash dividend to the Company. The payment of cash
dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the California
Financial Code (the "Financial Code"). The Financial Code provides that a
bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the
lesser of (a) the bank's retained earnings; or (b) the bank's net income for
its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the
bank or by any majority-owned subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of
the bank during such period. However, a bank may, with the approval of the
DFI, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the
greater of (x) its retained earnings; (y) its net income for its last fiscal
year; or (z) its net income for its current fiscal year. In the event that
the DFI determines that the shareholders' equity of a bank is inadequate or
that the making of a distribution by the bank would be unsafe or unsound, the
DFI may order the bank to refrain from making a proposed distribution. The
FDIC may also restrict the payment of dividends if such payment would be
deemed unsafe or unsound or if after the payment of such dividends, the Bank
would be included in one of the "undercapitalized" categories for capital
adequacy purposes pursuant to federal law. (See, "Item 1 - Description of
Business - Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms.")
Additionally, while the Federal Reserve Board has no general restriction with
respect to the payment of cash dividends by an adequately capitalized bank to
its parent holding company, the Federal Reserve Board might, under certain
circumstances, place restrictions on the ability of a particular bank to pay
dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of
the particular bank, or object to management fees to be paid by a subsidiary
bank to its holding company on the basis that such fees cannot be supported
by the value of the services rendered or are not the result of an arm's
length transaction.
Under these provisions and considering minimum regulatory capital
requirements, the amount available for distribution from the Bank to the
Company was approximately $2,450,800 at December 31, 1998.
13
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the per share amount and month of payment for
all cash dividends paid since January 1, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Month Paid Amount Per Share (2)
<S> <C>
February, 1997 .33
February, 1998 .50
</TABLE>
2) Per share information has been retroactively adjusted for the
three-for-two stock split paid on November 5, 1997.
On January 28, 1999, the Board of Directors declared a 4% stock dividend for
shareholders of record as of February 15, 1999. The stock dividend will be
distributed on February 26, 1999.
Whether or not stock dividends or any cash dividends will be paid in the
future will be determined by the Board of Directors after consideration of
various factors. The Company's profitability and regulatory capital ratios
in addition to other financial conditions will be key factors considered by
the Board of Directors in making such determinations regarding the payment of
dividends by the Company.
ITEM 6. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is an analysis of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company for the two years ended December 31, 1998. The
analysis should be read in connection with the consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report.
On November 15, 1994, the Company acquired all of the assets and assumed all
of the liabilities of the Bank. Each shareholder of the Bank received one
share of stock in the Company in exchange for one share of Bank stock. The
Bank became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Bank is the only
active subsidiary owned by the Company.
EARNINGS OVERVIEW
The Company reported net income for 1998 of $1,346,595. This was a 6.8%
increase from the $1,261,064 reported in 1997. Net income reported for 1997
represented an increase of $347,233 or 38.0% more than 1996 net income of
$913,831. Basic earnings per share were $1.24, $1.18 and $0.88 at December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Diluted earnings per share were $1.24,
$1.18 and $0.88 at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS
DECEMBER 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Return on Average Assets 1.24% 1.41%
Return on Average Equity 16.11% 16.61%
Dividend Payout Ratio 40.32% 43.98%
Average Equity to
14
<PAGE>
Average Assets Ratio 8.04% 8.48%
Return on Average Interest
Bearing Assets 5.94% 6.02%
Average Loans to Average Deposits 65.84% 65.79%
</TABLE>
Net Interest Income and Interest Margin
Net interest income, the primary component of the net earnings of a financial
institution, refers to the difference between the interest paid on deposits
and borrowings, and the interest earned on loans and investments. The net
interest margin is the amount of net interest income expressed as a
percentage of average earning assets. Factors considered in the analysis of
net interest income are the composition and volume of earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, the amount of non-interest bearing liabilities
and nonaccrual loans, and changes in market interest rates.
Net interest income before provision for possible loan losses for 1998 was
$5,446,365 an increase of $973,362 or 21.7% more than the $4,473,003 in 1997.
The increase in net interest income for 1998 compared to 1997 was
attributable to a $17,392,000 increase in average earning assets at an
average rate of 8.7%. The average interest-bearing liabilities for 1998
increased by $10,848,000. The increase in net interest income resulted
primarily from the large increase in interest earning assets over the
increase in interest bearing liabilities. The average rate paid on interest
bearing liabilities in 1998 was 3.37% compared to 3.42% in 1997. The average
non-interest bearing demand deposits increased by $6,463,000 over 1997. Other
low cost deposits such as savings, now and money market accounts grew an
average $6,978,000 with a weighted average rate of 2.35%. The higher cost
time deposits increased an average of $3,739,000. These changes reflect a
major effort by the Bank to adjust its liability mix to increase its level of
demand deposits and savings accounts. Total income on the loan portfolio
increased from $5,505,740 in 1997 to $6,459,394 in 1998. This was due to an
average increase in the loan portfolio of $11,661,000.
The average yield on earning assets was 8.71% and 9.00% for 1998 and 1997,
respectively. The average yield on interest bearing liabilities was 3.37%
for 1998, compared to 3.42% for 1997. The net interest margin was 5.94% in
1998 compared to 6.02% in 1997.
The following tables set forth average balance sheet information, interest
income and expense, average yields and rates and net interest income and
margin for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997. The average balance
of nonaccruing loans has been included in loan totals.
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
(dollars in thousands) Average Avg. Yield Interest Average Avg. Yield Interest
Interest Earning Assets: Balance Rate paid Amount Balance Rate paid Amount
--------- --------- ------- ------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Time deposits with other Banks $ 425 5.65% $ 24 $ 190 5.79% $ 11
Investment securities taxable 17,522 5.97% 1,058 15,732 5.71% 899
Investment securities non-taxable 5,266 4.80% 253 2,716 4.68% 127
Federal funds sold 3,749 5.25% 197 2,593 5.48% 142
Loans (1)(2) 64,734 9.98% 6,459 53,073 10.37% 5,506
--------- ------- ------- -------
Total interest earning assets 91,696 8.71% 7,991 74,304 9.00% 6,685
Allowance for possible loan losses (974) (849)
Non-earning assets:
Cash and due from banks 11,993 10,638
Property, premises, & equipment 2,245 1,981
Other assets 3,258 3,387
--------- -------
TOTAL ASSETS $108,218 $89,461
--------- -------
--------- -------
15
<PAGE>
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings, now, & money market $48,509 2.35% $1,142 $41,531 2.53% $1,050
Time deposits 25,923 5.16% 1,338 22,184 4.99% 1,106
Other borrowings 1,104 5.80% 64 973 5.76% 56
--------- ------- ------- -------
Total interest-bearing liabilities 75,536 3.37% 2,544 64,688 3.42% 2,212
--------- ------- ------- -------
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits 22,445 15,982
Other liabilities 1,876 1,201
--------- -------
Total liabilities 99,857 81,871
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock 4,232 4,135
Retained earnings 4,468 3,867
Valuation allowance investments (339) (412)
--------- -------
Total stockholders' equity 8,361 7,590
--------- -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY $108,218 $89,461
--------- -------
--------- -------
Net interest income $5,447 $4,473
------ ------
------ ------
Net interest margin(3) 5.94% 6.02%
</TABLE>
(1) Nonaccruing loans have been included in total loans.
(2) Loan fees of $312 and $265 for 1998 and 1997, respectively have been
included in the interest income computation.
(3) Net interest margin has been calculated by dividing the net interest
income by total earning assets.
Note: All average balances have been computing using daily balances.
RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
Average Average Average Average
Increase (decrease) in: Bal/Vol Rate Total Bal/Vol Rate Total
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income:
Loans (1) $1,154 $(201) $953 $1,082 $(156) $ 926
Investment securities taxable 115 44 159 109 29 138
Investment Sec. (Non-taxable)(2) 189 6 195 (5) ( 12) (17)
Taxable equivalent adjustment(2) (67) (2) (69) 2 4 6
Interest-bearing deposits 14 (1) 13 8 ( 2) 6
Federal funds sold 60 ( 5) 55 40 ( 6) 346
------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ------
Total 1,465 (159) 1,306 1,236 (143) 1,093
Interest expense:
Savings, now, money market 156 ( 64) 92 357 ( 11) 346
16
<PAGE>
Time deposits 192 40 232 (97) ( 45) (142)
Other borrowings 8 0 8 30 ( 4) 26
------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ------
Total 356 ( 24) 332 290 ( 60) 230
------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ------
Increase (decrease) in net
Interest income $1,109 $(135) $974 $946 $( 83) $863
------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ------
------ ----- ----- ------ ----- ------
</TABLE>
(1) Loan fees of $312 and $265 for 1998 and 1997, respectively have been
included in the interest income computation.
(2) Adjusted to a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 34%.
Note A: Average balances of all categories in each period were included in
the volume computations.
Note B: Average yield rates in each period were used in rate computations.
Any change attributable to changes in both volume and rate which cannot be
segregated has been allocated.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income consists of bankcard merchant fees, automatic teller
machines ("ATM") transactions, and other fees, service charges, and gains on
other real estate owned. Non-interest income for 1998 was $6,360,803
compared to $4,966,182 for 1997. The primary increase in non-interest income
is attributable to ATM transaction fees, ATM interchange income, and ATM
sponsorship fees. These fees increased by $881,245 from 1997. ATM
transaction fees, interchange income, and sponsorship fees were $4,262,825
for 1998 compared to $3,381,580 for 1997. In previous years the Bank shared a
portion of the fees with two individuals who had helped to make these
arrangements and with the tribes on whose lands the cash dispensing machines
are installed. During September 1996, the Bank bought out the interest of
one of the individuals. During April 1997, the Bank bought out the interest
of the other individual. In prior years, the Bank only received the net
earnings from the surcharge revenue received from the gaming network. After
the bank had purchased the interest of the two individuals, it then assumed
all direct costs and received all of the revenue net of the amounts that are
still paid to the tribes on whose land the casinos are located. The contract
buy outs are being amortized over a period of 18 to 36 months. The Bank
receives income for each transaction and as the volume increases so does the
related income. The competition related to the installation of ATM machines
has been increasing and the increased competition could reduce future income
from existing machines. To offset this lost revenue the Bank is actively
seeking new locations. During the fourth quarter of 1998, 6 ATMs in a
particular gaming facility were shut down due to the owners change in
operating policy. These machines were removed at an expense of approximately
$125,000 to the bank. The net earnings from All ATM operations before
deducting for overhead expenses and salaries were $1,506,032, $1,493,778, and
$1,419,244, for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996,
respectively. Bankcard merchant fees were $757,380 in 1998 compared to
$697,159 in 1997. The increase in merchant fees was due to an expansion in
the number of merchants added by the Bank during the year.
Non-Interest Expenses
Non-interest expenses have increased as a result of the Bank's growth in its
branches and ATM network. Several new retail ATM locations were opened during
the year. The bank opened a new loan production office in August, 1998,
opened escrow to purchase property for a new branch in Atascadero, Ca. in
April, 1998 and entered into a new lease to open a new branch in Santa Maria,
Ca. in November, 1998. On February 1, 1999, the Bank opened a full service
branch office in the newly leased facility in Santa Maria.
Salaries and employee benefit expenses were $2,892,921 and $2,402,600 for
1998 and 1997 respectively. Full time equivalent employees were 68 for 1998
and 62 for 1997. The increase in salary and benefit expense is attributable
to increased staffing attributable to the bank's growth during the year.
Staff for the Atascadero and Santa Maria branches were brought on board late
in 1998 for training and business development. Bonus expense and related
payroll tax expense increased approximately $80,000 over the previous year.
The ratio of "assets per employee," one of the measures of operational
efficiency, was $1,924,245 and
17
<PAGE>
$1,504,923 for 1998, and 1997 respectively. Occupancy, furniture and
equipment expenses were $923,207 during 1998, compared to $782,217 incurred
in 1997. As is noted elsewhere in this document, preparation for Year 2000
compliance has added to the equipment expense for 1998.
Other expenses increased to $5,752,419 in 1998 as compared to $4,047,572 in
1997. The increase in other expenses reflects costs associated with growth of
the Bank, and $1,008,619 increase in cost associated with the growth of the
ATM network. The ATM cost increased as a result of the purchase of the
interest of two participants in the ATM network in 1997. Previously, the
Bank only received the net income from these ATM networks and now they are
directly responsible for paying all of the expenses associated with the
operation of the ATM networks.
Bankcard merchant expenses were $864,970 for 1998, compared to $604,011 for
1997 the increase resulted from the expansion in the number of merchants
processed by the Bank. A $103,000 provision for possible Point Of Sale Loss
was made in 1998 to provide adequate protection against possible losses
associated with merchant processing activities.
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes was $728,026 for 1998 compared to $781,732 in
1997. The decrease in the provision is the result of increased tax-exempt
investments. The Bank's effective tax rate was 35.1% and 38.3% in 1998 and
1997, respectively.
Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses is based upon management's evaluation of the
adequacy of the existing allowance for outstanding loans. This allowance is
increased by provisions charged to expense and reduced by loan charge-offs
net of recoveries. Management determines an appropriate provision based upon
loan growth during the period, a comprehensive grading and review formula for
loans outstanding and historical loss experience. In addition, management
periodically reviews the condition of the loan portfolio including the value
of security interest related to portfolio loans and the economic
circumstances which may affect the value of portfolio loans to determine the
adequacy of the allowance. The evaluation of the allowance is reviewed by
management and reported on an ongoing basis to the Company's Loan Committee,
Audit Committee and Board of Directors. A provision for credit losses of
$164,000 was expended in both 1998 and 1997. Net loan charge-offs (loans
charged off, net of loans recovered) were $24,749 in 1998. Net charge-offs
were $5,641 during 1997. The allowance for credit losses as a percent of
total gross loans at year-end 1998 and 1997 was 1.47% and 1.67%,
respectively. Monitoring of all credits enables management to analyze any
inherent risks in the portfolio which may result from changes in economic
conditions.
The following table summarizes the analysis of the allowance for loan losses as
of December 31, 1998 and 1997.
Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Balance at Beginning of Period $930,284 $771,925
Charge-offs:
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural 32,431 0
Real Estate - Construction 0 0
Installment Loans to Individuals:
Money Plus 0 1,381
18
<PAGE>
Credit Cards 6,801 37,658
Other Installment 6,045 9,810
----------- -----------
Total charge-offs 45,277 48,849
----------- -----------
Recoveries:
Commercial, Financial and Agricultural 8,632 20,021
Real Estate - Construction 0 590
Installment Loans to Individuals:
Money Plus 25 466
Credit Cards 5,160 2,329
Other Installment 6,711 19,802
----------- -----------
Total Recoveries 20,528 43,208
----------- -----------
Net Charge-offs 24,749 5,641
Additions Charged to Operations 164,000 164,000
----------- -----------
Balance at End of Period $1,069,535 $ 930,284
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
Gross Loans at End of Period $72,840,372 $55,627,768
Ratio of Net Charge-offs During the
Year to Average Loans outstanding 0.03% 0.01%
Ratio of Reserves to Gross Loans 1.47% 1.67%
Ratio of Non-performing Loans to
the Allowance for Credit Losses 93.17% 109.13%
</TABLE>
The Bank adopted SFAS No. 114 (as amended by SFAS No. 118), "Accounting by
Creditors for Impairment of a Loan" on January 1, 1996. In accordance with
SFAS No. 114, those loans identified as "impaired" are measured on the
present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan's
effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is
collateral dependent. A loan is impaired when it is probable the creditor
will not be able to collect all contractual principal and interest payments
due in accordance with terms of the loan agreement.
Loans are placed on nonaccrual when a loan is specifically determined to be
impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more. Any
unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed from income.
Interest income generally is not recognized on specific impaired loans unless
the likelihood of further loss is remote. Interest payments received on such
loans are applied as a reduction on the loan principal balance.
Included in non- performing loans for the last three years is a loan for
$758,115. This loan is secured by real estate with an appraised value of
approximately $1,500,000. Even though this loan is on a nonaccrual status,
management doesn't believe that there will be any loss of the principal due.
19
<PAGE>
ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
% OF LOANS % OF LOANS
IN EACH CATEGORY IN EACH CATEGORY
TO TOTAL LOANS TO TOTAL LOANS
AMOUNT LOANS AMOUNT LOANS
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commercial, Financial
and Agricultural $537,238 50.23% $428,341 46.04%
Real Estate -
Construction 192,001 17.95% 190,804 20.51%
Real Estate -
Mortgage 260,665 24.37% 249,875 26.86%
Installment Loans
to individuals $75,819 7.09% $59,295 6.37%
All Other Loans
(Including overdrafts) 3,812 .36% 1,969 .22%
---------- ------ -------- ------
$1,069,535 100.00% $930,284 100.00%
---------- ------ -------- ------
---------- ------ -------- ------
</TABLE>
In evaluating the allowance for the credit losses, management takes into
consideration the composition of its loan portfolio, loan growth during the
period, risk and collectibility of loans, and economic conditions. The
allowance is maintained at a sufficient level to cover all potential loan
charge-offs in addition to a cumulative, annual amount based upon the factors
outlined above. Management utilizes an internal loan classification system to
grade portfolio loans as a part of its analysis of the adequacy of the
allowance. In addition, management periodically reviews the condition of the
loan portfolio including the value of security interests related to the
portfolio loan to determine the adequacy of the allowance. The evaluation of
the adequacy of the allowance is reviewed by management and reported on an
ongoing basis to the Bank's Loan Committee, Audit Committee and Board of
Directors.
Local Economy
The California economy is expected to continue to grow at a modest rate
during 1999, with the local economy in the Bank's primary service area
anticipated to show higher rates of growth than the state as a whole.
During 1998, the bank expanded its market into the South San Luis Obispo
County area through the operations of a new Loan Production Office. The bank
also began plans to expand into Northern Santa Barbara County with a new full
service branch office in Santa Maria which opened on February 1, 1999.
Continued market expansion will take place with the opening of a new full
service branch office located in the city of Atascadero, Ca. Scheduled
opening is set for March 15, 1999.
Business and retail activity has increased throughout the Central Coast over
the past two years. The economic outlook is for continues expansion in the
economy for at least the next two to three years. Real estate prices have
stabilized and began to show signs of increasing at a moderate rate. New
home construction has shown strong increases. with interest rates at a
record low level, home construction and mortgage organization should be
strong sectors of the local economy for some time to come.
20
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL CONDITION ANALYSIS
Total assets of the Company were $131,033,498 at December 31, 1998 compared
to $93,319,422 in 1997.
A major portion of the Bank's loans are adjustable. Approximately 73% of the
loans are adjustable. The majority of those loans that reprice are tied to
changes in the prime rate. If interest rates change, the yield on these
loans will also change. A 1.00% increase in the prime rate would increase net
interest income approximately $193,116 a year and a 1.00% decrease in the
prime rate would decrease net interest income by $142,464 a year.
The following table summarizes the composition of the loan portfolio as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997.
COMPOSITION OF LOAN PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
LOAN CATEGORY AMOUNT PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT
--------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL
AND AGRICULTURAL $38,220,932 53.69% $24,830,234 44.84%
REAL ESTATE-CONSTRUCTION 8,357,701 11.74% 6,953,512 12.56%
REAL ESTATE-MORTGAGE 21,672,158 30.44% 19,143,755 34.57%
INSTALLMENT LOANS TO INDIVIDUALS 2,611,325 3.68% 4,296,204 7.76%
ALL OTHER (INCLUDING OVERDRAFTS) 323,493 0.45% 152,606 0.27%
--------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LOANS, GROSS 71,185,609 100.00% 55,376,311 100.00%
------ ------
------ ------
DEFERRED LOAN FEES (313,032) (243,893)
RESERVE FOR POSSIBLE (1,069,535) (930,284)
----------- -----------
LOAN LOSSES
TOTAL LOANS, NET $69,803,042 $54,202,134
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
Net loans totaled $69,803,042 at December 31, 1998, compared to $54,202,134 at
December 31, 1997. Loans increased during the year as the result of our downtown
San Luis Obispo branch and moderate growth at the head office. The primary
growth was approximately $13,390,698 in commercial and agricultural loans.
The following are the approximate maturities and sensitivity to change in
interest rates for the loans at December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
After One
Due Within Year but After
Loan Category One Year Within Five Five Years Totals
- -------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commercial, Financial
and Agricultural $ 9,536 $ 9,741 $ 18,944 $ 38,221
Real Estate -
Construction 6,423 348 1,587 8,358
Real Estate -
Mortgage 2,434 5,335 13,903 21,672
Installment Loans
to individuals 196 1,113 1,303 2,612
All Other loans
21
<PAGE>
(including overdrafts) 323 - - 323
------- ------- ------- -------
TOTALS $18,912 $16,537 $35,737 $71,186
------- ------- ------- -------
------- ------- ------- -------
After One
Due Within Year but After
One Year Within Five Five Years Totals
Predetermined rates $5,684 $ 4,656 $10,641 $20,986
Floating or adjustable
rates 13,323 11,880 25,096 50,199
------- ------- ------- -------
TOTALS $ 18,912 $ 16,537 $35,737 $ 71,186
------- ------- ------- -------
------- ------- ------- -------
</TABLE>
Risk Elements
Risk elements on loans are presented in the following table for December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Nonaccrual Loans (impaired loans) $934,389 $864,488
Accruing Loans Past Due 90 days $-0- $95,536
Restructured Loans $396,506 $407,929
Interest Excluded on Nonaccrual Loans $103,164 $94,762
Interest Recognized on Nonaccrual and Troubled
Debt Restructured Loans $31,723 $40,753
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, the Bank had no foreign loans outstanding. The Bank
did not have any concentrations of loans except as disclosed above.
The Bank's management is responsible for monitoring loan performance which is
done through various methods, including a review of loan delinquencies and
personal knowledge of customers. Additionally, the Bank, maintains both a
"watch" list of loans which, for a variety of reasons, management believes
requires regular review as well as an internal loan classification process.
Yearly, the loan portfolio is also reviewed by an experienced, outside loan
reviewer not affiliated with the Bank. A list of delinquencies, the watch
list, loan grades and the outside loan review are reviewed regularly by the
Board of Directors. Except as set forth in the preceding table, there are no
loans which management has serious doubts as to the borrower's ability to
comply with present loan repayment terms.
The Bank has a nonaccrual policy which requires a loan greater than 90 days
past due to be placed on nonaccrual status unless such loan is
well-collateralized and in the process of collection. When loans are placed
on nonaccrual status, all uncollected interest accrued is reversed from
earnings. Once on nonaccrual status, interest on a loan is only recognized
on a cash basis. Loans may be returned to accrual status if management
believes that all remaining principal and interest is fully collectible and
there has been at least six months of sustained repayment performance since
the loan was placed on nonaccrual.
If a loan's credit quality deteriorates to the point that collection of
principal is believed by management to be doubtful and the value of
collateral securing the obligation is sufficient the Bank generally takes
steps to protect and liquidate the collateral. Any loss resulting from the
difference between the loan balance and the fair market value of the property
is recognized by a charge to the reserve for loan losses. When the property
is held for sale after foreclosure, it is subject to a periodic appraisal.
If the appraisal indicates that the property will sell for less than its
recorded value, the Bank recognizes the loss by a charge to non-interest
expense.
Total Cash and Due from Banks
22
<PAGE>
Total cash and due from banks increased from $12,491,388 at December 31, 1997
to $17,239,179 at December 31, 1998. The large amount of cash and due from
banks is to fund the operations of the Bank's two ATM networks. If the Bank
were to sell these two networks, the amount of cash would then be invested in
securities and loans.
Other earning assets are comprised of Federal Funds sold (funds lent on a
short term basis to other banks), investment securities and short term
certificates of deposit at other financial institutions. These assets are
maintained for short term liquidity needs of thnk, collateralization of
public deposits, and diversification of the earning asset mix.
23
<PAGE>
Other earning assets increased to $36,988,232 at December 31, 1998 compared
to $21,003,929 at December 31, 1997. The increase in 1997 represents an
increase in the overall size of the Bank and the investment of excess funds.
Other earning assets represented 33.7% of the earning asset portfolio at
December 31, 1998, compared to 27.3% in 1997. On December 31, 1998, one
particular customer of the bank had an extraordinary deposit of approximately
$5 million. These excess funds remained on deposit for less than one week.
The following table summarizes the composition of other earning assets at
December 31:
COMPOSITION OF OTHER EARNING ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
AMOUNT PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT
---------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
HELD TO MATURITY INVESTMENTS $15,758,151 42.60% $11,590,592 55.19%
AVAILABLE FOR SALE INVESTMENTS 12,863,106 34.78% 8,303,218 39.53%
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD 7,700,000 20.82% 500,000 2.38%
CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSITS 666,975 1.80% 610,119 2.90%
---------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL OTHER EARNING ASSETS $36,988,232 100.00% $21,003,929 100.00%
---------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The Amortized cost, fair value, and maturities at December 31, 1998 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Securities Available Securities Held
For Sale To Maturity
Amortized Fair Amortized Fair
Cost Value Cost Value
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DUE IN ONE YEAR OR LESS $7,973,633 $ 7,973,633 $ 279,194 $ 279,191
DUE AFTER ONE YEAR
THROUGH FIVE YEARS 0 0 1,343,142 1,352,728
DUE AFTER FIVE YEARS
THROUGH TEN YEARS 0 0 1,921,440 1,936,737
DUE AFTER TEN YEARS 1,650,875 1,814,420 4,045,680 4,051,411
MORTGAGE-BACKED
SECURITIES 3,286,605 3,075,053 8,168,695 8,438,940
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
TOTAL $12,911,113 $12,863,106 $15,758,151 $16,059,007
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
Deposits
Total deposits increased to $119,407,706 at December 31, 1998. Total deposits
at December 31, 1997 were $83,549,657. As is indicated elsewhere in this
document, one particular customer had an extraordinary deposit on December 31,
1998 in the approximate amount of $5 million. These funds remained on deposit
for less than one week.
-1-
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth information for the last two fiscal years
regarding the composition of deposits at December 31, and the average rates paid
on each of these categories.
COMPOSITION OF DEPOSITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
AVERAGE AVERAGE
DEPOSIT TYPE BALANCE RATE PAID BALANCE RATE PAID
--------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NON-INTEREST BEARING DEMAND $38,672,576 0.00% $18,407,169 0.00%
INTEREST BEARING DEMAND 34,601,620 2.19% 30,047,646 2.27%
SAVINGS 11,592,945 2.40% 10,766,665 2.51%
MONEY MARKET 5,410,316 3.21% 5,819,526 3.84%
TIME DEPOSITS 29,130,249 5.16% 18,508,651 4.99%
------------ -----------
TOTAL DEPOSITS $119,407,706 2.56% $83,549,657 2.71%
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
Set forth below is a maturity schedule of domestic time certificates of deposits
of $100,000 and over at December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TIME DEPOSITS $100,000 AND OVER:
- -------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C>
Less than 3 months $2,300
3-12 months 1,616
Over 1 year 757
------
TOTAL $4,673
------
------
</TABLE>
Capital
The Company's total stockholders equity was $9,436,670 as of December 31,
1998 compared to $8,127,078 as of December 31, 1997. The increase in capital
during 1998 was due to net income of $1,346,595, a cash dividend of $0.50 per
share ($519,850) paid on February 27, 1998, stock options exercised in the
amount of $289,684 and an increase in the valuation allowance for
investments of $193,163. The valuation allowance was a result of the
company's adoption of SFAS No. 115 "Accounting for Certain Investment in Debt
and Equity Securities."
Capital ratios for commercial banks in the United States are generally
calculated using 3 different formulas. These calculations are referred to as
the "Leverage Ratio" and two "risk based" calculations known as: "Tier One
Risk Based Capital Ratio" and the "Total Risk Based Capital Ratio." These
standards were developed through joint efforts of banking authorities from 12
different countries around the world. The standards essentially take into
account the fact that different types of assets have different levels of risk
associated with them. Furthermore, they take into account the off-balance
sheet exposures of banks when assessing capital adequacy.
The Leverage Ratio calculation simply divides common stockholders' equity
(reduced by any Goodwill a bank may have) by the total assets of the bank.
In the Tier One Risk Based Capital Ratio, the numerator is the same as the
leverage ratio, but the denominator is the total "risk-weighted assets" of
the bank. Risk weighted assets are determined by segregating all the assets
and off balance sheet exposures into different risk categories and weighting
them by a percentage ranging from 0% (lowest risk)
-2-
<PAGE>
to 100% (highest risk). The Total Risk Based Capital Ratio again uses
"risk-weighted assets" in the denominator, but expands the numerator to
include other capital items besides equity such as a limited amount of the
loan loss reserve, long-term capital debt, preferred stock and other
instruments. Summarized below are the Bank's capital ratios at December 31,
1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Minimum Regulatory Heritage
Capital Requirements Oaks Bank
<S> <C> <C>
Leverage Ratio 4.00% 7.55%
Tier One Risk Based Capital Ratio 4.00% 9.69%
Total Risk Based Capital Ratio 8.00% 10.81%
</TABLE>
Generally speaking, the primary source of new capital will be generated from
retained earnings. However, to provide for instances when retained earnings may
not keep pace with asset growth, additional sources of capital need to be made
available. To that end, on September 11, 1998, Heritage Oaks Bancorp executed a
Promissory Note for a $2 million line of credit with Pacific Coast Bankers'
Bank. The characteristics of the note are as follows:
-Collateralized with 339,332 shares of Heritage Oaks Bank common stock
-Maturity of August 15, 2004.
-Interest only for first year of quarterly payments
-Subsequent payments to be fully amortized to maturity based on
outstanding balance owed.
On September 28, 1998, October 30, 1998 and December 30, 1998, the Bancorp
drew on the line for $200,000, $200,000 and $350,000, respectively. On
September 29, 1998, October 30, 1998 , December 30, 1998 and December 31,
1998, Bancorp invested $150,000, $200,000, $300,000 and $50,000,
respectively, in Heritage Oaks Bank as paid in Capital, Surplus.
In addition to this and pursuant to the Capital Plan, the Board of Directors
are reviewing other sources of capital for the bank.
Liquidity
The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the continuous
availability of funds to meet the demands of depositors, investors and
borrowers. Asset liquidity is primarily derived from loan payments and the
maturity of other earning assets. Liquidity from liabilities is obtained
primarily from the receipt of new deposits. The Bank's Asset Liability
Committee (ALCO) is responsible for managing the on-and off-balance sheet
commitments to meet the needs of customers while achieving the Bank's
financial objectives. ALCO meets regularly to assess the projected funding
requirements by reviewing historical funding patterns, current and forecasted
economic conditions and individual customer funding needs. Deposits
generated from Bank customers serve as the primary source of liquidity. The
Bank has credit arrangements with correspondent banks which serve as a
secondary liquidity source in the amount of $3,500,000. The Bank has also
established two borrowing lines with brokers whereby the Bank can pledge
investment securities as collateral for short term borrowings.
The Bank manages its liquidity by maintaining a majority of its investment
portfolio in federal funds sold and other liquid investments. At December
31, 1998, the ratio of liquid assets not pledged for collateral and other
purposes to deposits and other liabilities were 26.3% compared to 28.7% in
1997. At December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, there were no assets
pledged as collateral on borrowings. The ratio of gross loans to deposits,
another key liquidity ratio, was 59.6% at year end 1998 compared to 66.6% at
December 31, 1997.
Inflation
The assets and liabilities of a financial institution are primarily monetary
in nature. As such they represent obligations to pay or receive fixed and
determinable amounts of money which are not affected by future changes in
prices. Generally, the impact of inflation on a financial institution is
reflected by fluctuations in interest rates, the ability of customers to
repay debt and upward pressure on operating expenses. The effect on
inflation during the three-year period ended December 31, 1998 has not been
significant to the Bank's financial position or results of operations.
Year 2000 Risks and Preparedness
Many existing computer programs use only two digits to identify a year
in a data field. These programs were designed and developed without
considering the impact of the upcoming change in the century. If not
corrected, many computer applications could fail or create erroneous results
by or at the
-3-
<PAGE>
Year 2000 or possibly earlier. The Year 2000 issue affects the Company in
that the financial services business is highly dependent on computer
applications in a variety of ways, including the following (i) the Company
relies on computer systems in almost all aspects of its business, including
the processing of deposits, loans and other services and products offered to
customers, the failure of which in connection with the Year 2000 could cause
systemic disruptions and failures in the products and services offered by the
Company, (ii) other banks, clearing houses and vendors whose products and
services the Company uses are at risk of systemic disruptions and potential
failures in the event that such entities have not adequately addressed their
Year 2000 issue~ prior to the Year 2000, (iii) the creditworthiness of
borrowers of the Company might be diminished by significant disruptions of
their business as a result of their own or others failure to address
adequately the Year 2000 issues prior to the Year 2000, and (iv) federal
balancing agencies have issued interagency guidance on the business-wide risk
posed to financial institutions by the year 2000 problem pursuant to which
the federal banking agencies may take supervisory action against financial
institutions that fail to address appropriately Year 2000 issues prior to the
Year 2000, including formal and informal enforcement actions, denial of
applications to the federal banking agencies, civil money penalties and a
reduction in the management component rating of the institution's composite
rating.
In order to address the Year 2000 issues facing the Company, the
Company's Management has initiated a program to prepare the Company's
computer systems and applications for the Year 2000 (the "Year 2000 Plan).
The primary focus of the Year 2000 Plan is to convert to the target systems
identified and believed to be Year 2000 compliant. The Company expects to
incur internal staff costs as well as consulting and other expenses related
to infrastructure and facilities enhancements necessary to prepare for
conversion and Year 2000 system preparations, testing and conversion of
primary system applications and hardware is expected to cost approximately
$191,000 to be expended during fiscal years 1998 and 1999.
As a part of the Year 2000 Plan, the Company is not only undertaking the
infrastructure and facilities enhancement and testing necessary to ensure
that the Company is adequately prepared for the Year 2000, but the Company is
also communicating with its vendors upon whose services the Company relics to
ensure Year 2000 compliance. Pursuant to the Year 2000 Plan, the Company
substantially completed testing of its mission-critical systems and the
computer-related interactive vendor Systems by December 31, 1998 and expects
to complete all testing by June 1999. In addition, as part of the credit
review process, the Company is communicating with its major borrowers in an
effort to ensure that such borrowers have taken appropriate steps to address
their Year 2000 issues and will not be materially affected by any Year 2000
problems. The Company is communicating with its deposit customers as well.
The Company is also preparing contingency plans to protect the Company in the
event that the Company is unable to attain Year 2000 compliance in certain
applications according to the Year 2000 Plan.
The Company has established a working committee comprised of Senior and
Middle Management to plan for and monitor the Company's compliance with Year
2000 issues. This committee has developed a comprehensive policy setting
forth priorities and a timetable for the Bank to follow in this process.
The Company has developed a contingency plan that identifies the mission
critical processes and service providers. An alternative provider or process
has been identified for each mission critical vendor. In addition, on the
assumption that the original or alternative process fails at the point of
processing in the Year 2000, contingency plans are being designed that will
provide minimum levels of
-4-
<PAGE>
service or outputs until the failed system can be repaired or replaced. Most
of these contingency plans are manual effort systems. Test results to-date
indicate that the original system for each mission critical system should
meet the demands of processing in the Year 2000. As a reasonable worst case,
the manual systems designed should provide the minimum levels of service for
the time required to repair or replace failed systems. However, in the case
of failure, the ultimate impact on financial operations is not known, nor is
it known what impact a regional or nationwide power failure or communications
breakdown would have on the financial performance of the Company.
The Company has created a budget specific to Year 2000 readiness. The
budget is comprised of the following components: (1) Consulting assistance
for testing, (2) Auditing, and (3) Operating system and network upgrades.
This component is budgeted at $191,000. As of December 31, 1998, $71,104 or
37% has been spent. Senior Management reviews the budget from time to time as
the Year 2000 Plan is implemented. There is no assurance that additional
amounts will not be added to the amounts already budgeted for Year 2000
expenditures. With respect components number (1) and (2), it should be
noted that Heritage Oaks Bank has the resources in-house to audit review of
the effectiveness of the Year 2000 Plan and the technological assistance
necessary in preparing for and conducting the Company's testing plan.
In addition, the Company has dedicated significant human resources to
the Year 2000 Plan. This includes the salaries and benefits of personnel
devoting significant time to the plan. As of December 31, 1998 the Company
had expended over $ $16,000 in "man-hours" to the project, equivalent to 16
work weeks. In addition, expenditures have been made in the areas of
advertising and public relations, customer and employee awareness programs
and more.
In April of 1998, the Company initiated a credit risk assessment
program, with loan officers completing a Year 2000 questionnaire for all new
and renewed credits in amounts over $150,000.00. These questionnaires were
designed to provide the Company's management with information by which it
could evaluate the borrower's awareness of and sensitivity to Year 2000 risk.
Questionnaires are reviewed and discussed at weekly Officer Loan Committee
meetings and are further reviewed by Credit Administration and Senior Lender
to ascertain Year 2000 risk associated with the credit. As a result of this
review, $89,410 has been allocated to the Company's loan loss provision. In
addition, legal ~ Year 2000 issues are included in significant commitment
letters and loan documentation for certain borrowers. Finally, on loan
participation's purchased, the Company requires assurances from the lead
lender that it has obtained a Year 2000 questionnaire from the borrower and
also that the lead lender is satisfactorily progressing toward Year 2000
compliance.
Although the Company believes that its Year 2000 Plan and other steps
being taken are adequate to ensure that it will not be materially affected by
the Year 2000 problem, there can be no assurance that the Year 2000 Plan and
the Company's other Year 2000 remedial and contingency plans will fully
protect the Company from the risks associated with the Year 2000. The
analysis of, and preparation for, the Year 2000 and related problems
necessarily rely on a variety of assumptions about future events and there
can be no assurance that the Company's Management has accurately predicted
such future events or that the remedial and contingency plans of the Company
will adequately address such future events. In the event that the business of
the Company, of vendors of the Company or of customers of the Company is
disrupted as a result of the Year 2000 problem, such disruption could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
-5-
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
-6-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP
-----------------------------------
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
with
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
-----------------------------------
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
CONTENTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 1998 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Consolidated Statements of Income
For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . 5
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
Paso Robles, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Heritage Oaks
Bancorp and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of income and changes in stockholders' equity and
statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Heritage
Oaks Bancorp as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the results of their
operations and changes in their stockholders' equity and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
Rancho Cucamonga, California
February 5, 1999
-1-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS
1998 1997
-------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and due from banks (there was no minimum Federal
Reserve balance requirement at December 31, 1998) $ 17,239,179 $12,491,388
Federal funds sold 7,700,000 500,000
-------------- ------------
Total Cash and Cash Equivalents 24,939,179 12,991,388
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions 666,975 610,119
Investment securities (Notes #1C and #2)
Available-for-sale 12,863,106 8,303,218
Held-to-maturity, fair value of $16,059,007 and $11,839,161
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively 15,758,151 11,590,592
Loans held for sale (Notes #1E and #4) 1,654,765 495,350
Loans, net of deferred fees and reserves for possible loan losses of $1,069,535
and $930,284 at December 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively (Notes #1D and 4) 69,803,041 54,202,134
Property premises and equipment, net (Notes #1G and #7) 2,447,385 2,072,711
Other real estate owned (Notes #1H and #20) 62,000
Net deferred tax asset (Notes #1I and #8) 563,699 566,612
Cash surrender value of life insurance 1,020,576 970,318
Other assets 1,451,621 1,454,980
-------------- ------------
Total Assets $131,168,498 $93,319,422
-------------- ------------
-------------- ------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities
Deposits
Demand non-interest bearing 38,672,576 18,407,169
Savings, NOW and money market deposits 51,604,881 46,633,837
Time deposits of $100,000 or more 4,673,298 970,300
Time deposits under $100,000 24,456,951 17,538,351
-------------- ------------
Total Deposits 119,407,706 83,549,657
Notes payable (Note #10) 750,000
Other liabilities 1,574,122 1,642,687
-------------- ------------
Total Liabilities 121,731,828 85,192,344
-------------- ------------
Stockholders' Equity
Common stock, no par value; 20,000,000 authorized;
1,069,791 and 1,036,626 shares issued and
outstanding for 1998 and 1997, respectively 4,470,170 4,180,486
Retained earnings 5,154,666 4,327,921
Accumulated other comprehensive income (188,166) (381,329)
-------------- ------------
Total Stockholders' Equity 9,436,670 8,127,078
-------------- ------------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity $131,168,498 $93,319,422
-------------- ------------
-------------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
-2-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
----------- ----------- -----------
<C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans (Note #1D) $ 6,459,394 $ 5,505,740 $ 4,578,552
Interest on Investment Securities (Note #1C)
U.S. Treasury Securities 27,396 51,472 51,666
Obligations of U.S. Government Agencies 907,482 777,718 684,716
Corporate Bonds, Mutual Funds, Commercial Paper 123,003 69,907 24,838
Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions 253,148 126,916 138,345
Interest on time deposits with other banks 23,515 11,016 5,334
Interest on Federal funds sold 196,727 142,484 108,013
----------- ----------- -----------
Total Interest Income 7,990,665 6,685,253 5,591,464
----------- ----------- -----------
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest on savings, NOW and money market deposits 1,142,163 1,049,847 703,580
Interest on time deposits in denominations of
$100,000 or more 204,986 112,009 110,221
Interest on time deposits under $100,000 1,133,271 993,941 1,138,282
Other 63,880 56,453 29,795
----------- ----------- -----------
Total Interest Expense 2,544,300 2,212,250 1,981,878
----------- ----------- -----------
Net interest income before provision for
possible loan losses 5,446,365 4,473,003 3,609,586
Provision for Possible Loan Losses 164,000 164,000 90,000
----------- ----------- -----------
5,282,365 4,309,003 3,519,586
----------- ----------- -----------
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Service charges on deposit accounts 690,710 559,874 373,022
Insurance and brokerage commission fees 20,931 11,780 14,693
Investment securities gain/(loss), net 10,504 (16,719)
Other 5,638,658 4,411,247 2,501,108
----------- ----------- -----------
Total Non-interest Income 6,360,803 4,966,182 2,888,823
----------- ----------- -----------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
Salaries and employee benefits 2,892,921 2,402,600 1,873,389
Equipment expenses 382,316 275,745 252,013
Occupancy expenses 540,891 506,472 518,270
Other expenses (Note #13) 5,752,419 4,047,572 2,297,563
----------- ----------- -----------
Total Non-interest Expenses 9,568,547 7,232,389 4,941,235
----------- ----------- -----------
Income Before Provision for Income Taxes 2,074,621 2,042,796 1,467,174
Provision for Income Taxes (Notes #1I and #8) 728,026 781,732 553,343
----------- ----------- -----------
Net Income $ 1,346,595 $ 1,261,064 $ 913,831
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
Earnings Per Share (Notes #1L and #17)
Basic $ 1.24 $ 1.18 $ 0.88
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
Diluted $ 1.13 $ 1.11 $ 0.84
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
-3-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Number of Other Total
Shares Common Retained Comprehensive Stockholders'
Outstanding Stock Earnings Income Equity
----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, January 1, 1996 665,655 $4,033,809 $2,705,175 $(513,521) $6,225,463
Exercise of stock options 9,641 55,436 55,436
Cash dividends paid - $.32 per share (213,011) (213,011)
Comprehensive income
Net income 913,831 913,831
Unrealized security holding gains
(net of $50,998 tax) 71,429 71,429
Comprehensive income 985,260
------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996 675,296 4,089,245 3,405,995 (442,092) 7,053,148
Exercise of stock options 15,868 91,241 91,241
Cash dividends paid - $.33 per share (337,787) (337,787)
Three-for-two stock split 345,462
Cash paid to stockholders in lieu of
fractional shares on three-for-two
stock split (1,351) (1,351)
Comprehensive income
Net income 1,261,064 1,261,064
Unrealized security holding gains (net of $37,563 tax) 49,896 49,896
less reclassification adjustments for losses
(net of $5,852 tax) 10,867 10,867
Total other comprehensive income 60,763
Comprehensive income 1,321,827
------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997 1,036,626 4,180,486 4,327,921 (381,329) 8,127,078
Exercise of stock options 33,165 289,684 289,684
Cash dividends paid - $.50 per share (519,850) (519,850)
Comprehensive income
Net income 1,346,595 1,346,595
Unrealized security holding gains (net of $141,588) 199,991 199,991
less reclassification adjustments for losses
(net of $3,676 tax) (6,828) (6,828)
Total other comprehensive income 193,163
Comprehensive income 1,539,758
------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ------------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998 1,069,791 $ 4,470,170 $ 5,154,666 $ (188,166) $ 9,436,670
------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ------------
------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
-4-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $ 1,346,595 $ 1,261,064 $ 913,831
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization 427,759 351,303 262,424
Provision for possible loan losses 164,000 164,000 90,000
Provision for possible OREO losses 7,369
Net (gain)/loss on sales of investment securities (10,504) 16,719
Amortization of premiums/discounts on
investment securities, net (161,672) (74,194) (63,468)
Increase in deferred tax asset (135,000)
Increase in other assets 3,359 (145,068) (358,556)
Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities (68,565) 257,944 (6,496)
------------ ------------ -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities 1,573,341 1,831,768 837,735
------------ ------------ -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of securities held-to-maturity (3,607,551) (3,976,013) (2,856,218)
Purchase of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity (6,143,140) (2,080,158)
Purchase of securities available-for-sale (10,098,137) (1,500,000) (500,000)
Purchase of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale (696,825) (3,355,847)
Proceeds from sales of securities held-to-maturity 1,250,000
Proceeds from principal reductions and maturities
of securities held-to-maturity 2,379,076 2,125,000 3,890,000
Proceeds from principal reductions and maturities
of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity 3,013,646 534,864 297,079
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale 4,431,186 3,483,281
Proceeds from principal reductions and maturities
of securities available-for-sale 500,000
Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities
available-for-sale 733,835
Proceeds from principal reductions and maturities
of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale 1,763,715 184,441
Purchase of deposits with other banks (56,856) (510,119)
Purchase of life insurance policies (50,258) (240,398) (37,496)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned 54,631
Recoveries on loans previously written off 48,467 43,208 22,793
Increase in loans, net (16,972,789) (5,386,839) (9,773,000)
Purchase of property, premises and equipment, net (802,433) (667,915) (352,280)
------------ ------------ -----------
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities (26,003,433) (10,096,495) (8,809,122)
------------ ------------ -----------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
-5-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------ ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Increase in deposits, net $35,858,049 $ 11,558,359 $ 7,277,201
Net increase/(decrease) in other borrowings (4,730,000) 4,730,000
Net increase in notes payable 750,000
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 289,684 91,241 55,436
Cash dividends paid or declared (519,850) (339,138) (213,011)
------------ ------------ -----------
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities 36,377,883 6,580,462 11,849,626
------------ ------------ -----------
NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 11,947,791 (1,684,265) 3,878,239
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of year 12,991,388 14,675,653 10,797,414
------------ ------------ -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, End of year $ 24,939,179 $ 12,991,388 $ 14,675,653
------------ ------------ -----------
------------ ------------ -----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Interest paid $ 2,383,618 $ 2,445,815 $ 2,120,014
Income taxes paid $ 976,129 $ 847,000 $ 537,000
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Change in other comprehensive income $ 193,163 $ 60,763 $ 71,429
Transfer of loan to other real estate owned through foreclosure - $ 62,000 -
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
-6-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounting and reporting policies of Heritage Oaks Bancorp (the Company)
and Subsidiaries conform to generally accepted accounting principles and to
general practices within the banking industry. A summary of the Company's
significant accounting and reporting policies consistently applied in the
preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:
A. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its wholly
owned subsidiaries, Heritage Oaks Bank and CCMS Systems, Inc. Intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.
B. USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to
the determination of the allowance for loan losses on loans and the
valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in
satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the
allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, management
obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans
and foreclosed real estate, future additions to the allowances may be
necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition,
regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,
periodically review the Bank's allowances for losses on loans and
foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize
additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information
available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these
factors, it is reasonably possible that the allowances for losses on loans
and foreclosed real estate may change.
-7-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued
C. INVESTMENT SECURITIES AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
In accordance with SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities," which addresses the accounting for
investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair
values and for investments in all debt securities. Securities and
mortgage-backed securities are classified in three categories and
accounted for as follows: debt, equity, and mortgage-backed securities
that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity
are classified as held-to-maturity and are measured at amortized cost;
debt and equity securities bought and held principally for the purpose
of selling in the near term are classified as trading securities and are
measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in
earnings; debt and equity securities not classified as either
held-to-maturity or trading securities are deemed as available-for-sale
and are measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of
applicable taxes, reported in a separate component of stockholders'
equity. Gains or losses on sales of investment securities and
mortgage-backed securities are determined on the specific identification
method. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted using the
interest method over the expected lives of the related securities.
D. LOANS AND INTEREST ON LOANS
Loans are stated at unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for
loan losses and net deferred loan fees and unearned discounts. The Bank
recognizes loan origination fees to the extent they represent
reimbursement for initial direct costs, as income at the time of loan
boarding. The excess of fees over costs, if any, is deferred and
credited to income over the term of the loan.
In accordance with SFAS No. 114, (as amended by SFAS No. 118),
"Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," those loans
identified as "impaired" are measured on the present value of expected
future cash flows, discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or
the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A
loan is impaired when it is probable the creditor will not be able to
collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in
accordance with the terms of the loan agreement.
Loans are placed on nonaccrual when a loan is specifically determined to
be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or
more. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed
from income. Interest income generally is not recognized on specific
impaired loans unless the likelihood of further loss is remote.
Interest payments received on such loans are applied as a reduction of
the loan principal balance.
All loans on nonaccrual are measured for impairment. The Bank applies
the measurement provision of SFAS No. 114 to all loans in its portfolio.
All loans are generally charged off at such time the loan is classified
a loss.
-8-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Continued
E. LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market
value, which is determined by the specified value in the commitments.
Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation
allowance by charges to income.
F. RESERVE FOR PROBABLE LOAN LOSSES
The reserve for probable loan losses is maintained at a level which, in
management's judgment, is adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the
loan portfolio. The amount of the reserve is based on management's
evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including the
nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss
experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Reserves for
impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the
present value of estimated cash flows. The reserve is increased by a
provision for loan losses, which is charged to expense and reduced by
charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the reserve relating to
impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for loan losses.
Because of uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, management's
estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and the related
reserve may change.
G. PROPERTY, PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Property, premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Equipment under capital leases is carried
at the present value of future minimum lease payments less accumulated
amortization over the term of the lease. Depreciation is computed on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each asset type.
Total depreciation expense for the reporting periods ending December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 were approximately $428,000, $351,000, and $262,000,
respectively.
H. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
Other real estate owned, which represents real estate acquired through
foreclosure, is stated at the lower of the carrying value of the loan or
the estimated fair market value less estimated selling costs of the related
real estate. Loan balances in excess of the fair market value of the real
estate acquired at the date of acquisition are charged against the
allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent declines in estimated fair
value, operation income, and gains or losses on disposition of such
properties are expensed or charged to current operations.
I. INCOME TAXES
Provisions for income taxes are based on amounts reported in the statements
of income (after exclusion of non-taxable income such as interest on state
and municipal securities) and include deferred taxes on temporary
differences in the recognition of income and expense for tax and financial
statement purposes. Deferred taxes are computed on the liability method as
prescribed in SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
-9-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, CONTINUED
J. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
The Company presents its cash flows using the indirect method and reports
certain cash receipts and payments arising from customer loans, deposits
and deposits placed with other financial institutions on a net basis. For
the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents
include cash and due from banks, cash items in transit, and Federal funds
sold balances as of the year end.
K. RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain amounts in the 1997 and 1996 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.
L. EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)
Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to
common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution
that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock
were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance
of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity.
M. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This
statement, which is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 1999, supercedes FASB No. 119, "Disclosure about
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments."
FASB No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity
recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement
of financial position and measures those instruments at fair value.
Management has not determined the potential impact of this statement will
have on the financial statements, however believes there will be no
material effect on the Bank's financial condition or results of operations.
-10-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES
At December 31, 1998, the investment securities portfolio was comprised of
securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, in accordance
with SFAS No. 115, resulting in investment securities available-for-sale being
carried at fair value and investment securities held-to-maturity being carried
at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretions of discounts, and
fair market value adjustments for securities transferred from
available-for-sale.
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale
at December 31, 1998, were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Obligations of U.S. Government
agencies and corporations $ 1,650,875 $ 163,545 $ 1,814,420
Mortgage-backed securities 3,286,605 2,903 $ 214,455 3,075,053
Commercial paper 7,969,833 7,969,833
Other securities 3,800 3,800
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
Total $12,911,113 $ 166,448 $ 214,455 $12,863,106
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
Available-for-sale securities in the amount of $2,089,375 were transferred to
held-to-maturity during 1994. The unrealized loss of $330,165 net of tax of
$137,098 was reflected in a separate component of stockholders' equity and is
being amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment.
At December 31, 1998, the remaining unrealized loss of $274,474 net of tax of
$114,334 is included in the valuation allowance.
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities held-to-maturity at
December 31, 1998, were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities $ 98,777 $ 777 $ 98,000
Obligations of U.S. government
agencies and corporations 1,235,905 $ 25,798 132 1,261,571
Mortgage-backed securities 8,168,695 283,004 12,759 8,438,940
Obligations of state and
political subdivisions 6,254,774 14,059 8,337 6,260,496
------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
Total $15,758,151 $ 322,861 $ 22,005 $16,059,007
------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
</TABLE>
-11-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES, (CONTINUED)
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale
at December 31, 1997, were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities $1,000,269 $ (6,519) $ 993,750
Obligations of U.S. Government
agencies and corporations 2,500,000 $ 3,888 (11,573) 2,492,315
Mortgage-backed securities 5,167,677 3,442 (355,966) 4,815,153
Other securities 2,000 2,000
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
Total $8,669,946 $ 7,330 $ (374,058) $8,303,218
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities held-to-maturity at
December 31, 1997, were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities $ 99,209 $ (209) $ 99,000
Obligations of U.S. government
agencies and corporations 3,051,500 $ 236,577 (8,273) 3,279,804
Mortgage-backed securities 4,980,125 16,086 (3,182) 4,993,029
Obligations of state and
political subdivisions 3,459,758 10,898 (3,328) 3,467,328
------------ ------------- ----------- -----------
Total $11,590,592 $ 263,561 $(14,992) $11,839,161
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale
and held-to-maturity at December 31, 1998, by contractual maturity are shown
below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because
borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call
or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Securities Securities
Available-for-Sale Held-to-Maturity
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
Amortized Amortized
Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less $ 7,973,633 $ 7,973,633 $ 279,194 $ 279,191
Due after one year through five years 1,343,142 1,352,728
Due after five years through ten years 1,921,440 1,936,737
Due after ten years 1,650,875 1,814,420 4,045,680 4,051,411
Mortgage-backed securities 3,286,605 3,075,053 8,168,695 8,438,940
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total Securities $12,911,113 $12,863,106 $15,758,151 $16,059,007
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
-12-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES, (CONTINUED)
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investment securities available-for-sale
during 1998, 1997 and 1996, were $4,431,186, $3,483,281, and $500,000,
respectively. In 1998, gross losses and gross gains on these sales were $9,970;
and $13,365, respectively. In 1997, gross losses on these sales were $16,719;
there were no gross gains. There were no gross gains or losses in 1996.
Proceeds from maturities and sales of investment securities held-to-maturity
during 1998, 1997 and 1996, were $2,379,076, $3,375,000, and $3,890,000,
respectively. There were no gains or losses on those sales and maturities in
1998, 1997 and 1996. Proceeds from sales and maturities of mortgage-backed
securities in 1998, 1997 and 1996, were $5,511,196, $719,305, and $297,079,
respectively. Gross gains on these sales during 1998 were $7,041. There were
no gross gains or losses on these sales during 1997 and 1996. Unrealized losses
on investment securities and mortgage-backed securities included in
shareholders' equity net of tax at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$188,166, $381,329, and $442,092, respectively. Securities having a carrying
value of approximately $2,249,000 and $5,013,000 and a fair value of
approximately $2,261,000 and $4,890,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as
required by law.
NOTE #3 - DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 119 defines a derivative
as a future, forward, swap, option contract or other financial instrument with
similar characteristics. The Bank has not utilized derivatives or related types
of financial instruments except for Federal agency collateralized mortgage
obligations and, therefore, this statement does no have a material impact.
NOTE #4 - LOANS
Major classifications of loans were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Commercial, financial and agricultural $ 38,220,932 $ 24,830,234
Real Estate - construction 8,357,701 6,953,512
Real Estate - mortgage 21,672,158 19,143,755
Installment loans to individuals 2,611,325 4,296,204
All other loans (including overdrafts) 323,493 152,606
------------ ------------
71,185,609 55,376,311
Less: Deferred loan fees (313,033) (243,893)
Less: Reserve for possible loan losses (1,069,535) (930,284)
------------ ------------
Total Loans $ 69,803,041 $ 54,202,134
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Loans held for sale $ 1,654,765 $ 495,350
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
-13-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #4 - LOANS, (CONTINUED)
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
At December 31, 1998, approximately $30,030,000 of the Bank's loan portfolio was
collateralized by various forms of real estate. Such loans are generally made
to borrowers located in San Luis Obispo County. The Bank attempts to reduce its
concentration of credit risk by making loans which are diversified by project
type. While management believes that the collateral presently securing this
portfolio is adequate, there can be no assurances that significant deterioration
in the California real estate market would not expose the Bank to significantly
greater credit risk.
The following is a summary of the investment in impaired loans, the related
allowance for loan losses, and income recognized thereon as of December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Recorded investment in impaired loans $ 996,476 $1,015,207 $964,009
Related allowance for loan losses 117,199 133,930 193,109
Average recorded investment in impaired loans 1,028,128 955,187 812,252
Interest income recognized for cash payments 20,226
Cash receipts applied to reduce principal balance 5,023
</TABLE>
The provisions of SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No. 118 permit the valuation allowance
reported above to be determined on a loan-by-loan basis or by aggregating loans
with similar risk characteristics. Because the loans currently identified as
impaired have unique risk characteristics, the valuation allowance was
determined on a loan-by-loan basis.
Nonaccruing loans totaled $934,389 and $864,488 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, all loans on nonaccrual were
classified as impaired. If interest on nonaccrual loans had been recognized at
the original interest rates, interest income would have increased $103,164,
$94,762, and $97,382 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank had $0 and $95,536, respectively, in
loans past due 90 days or more in interest or principal and still accruing
interest. These loans are well secured and in the process of collection, or are
secured by 1-4 single-family residences.
At December 31, 1998, loans totaling $396,506 were classified as troubled debt
restructurings.
-14-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #5 - RESERVE FOR PROBABLE LOAN LOSSES
Transactions in the reserve for probable loan losses are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, Beginning of year $ 930,284 $ 771,925 $ 766,262
Additions charged to operating expense 164,000 164,000 90,000
Loans charged off (45,277) (48,849) (107,130)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 20,528 43,208 22,793
----------- ----------- -----------
Balance, End of year $ 1,069,535 $ 930,284 $ 771,925
----------- ----------- -----------
----------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
NOTE #6 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Bank has entered into loan and deposit transactions with certain directors
and executive officers of the Company. These loans were made and deposits were
taken in the ordinary course of the Bank's business and, in management's
opinion, were made at prevailing rates and terms.
An analysis of loans to directors and executive officers is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Outstanding Balance, Beginning of year $ 322,130 $ 285,011
Additional loans made 548,264 115,344
Repayments (148,785) (78,225)
Loans sold (22,877)
--------- ---------
Outstanding Balance, End of year $ 698,732 $ 322,130
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
NOTE #7 - PROPERTY, PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Property, premises and equipment consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Land $ 671,070 $ 400,000
Building and improvements 2,294,000 2,222,997
Furniture and equipment 2,755,760 2,431,063
Construction in Progress 135,663
---------- ----------
5,856,493 5,054,060
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization 3,409,108 2,981,349
---------- ----------
Total $2,447,385 $2,072,711
---------- ----------
---------- ----------
</TABLE>
-15-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #8 - INCOME TAXES
The current and deferred amounts of the provision (benefit) for income taxes
were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ending December 31,
------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Federal Income Tax
Current $ 474,820 $ 551,554 $ 396,443
Deferred 2,557 (3,143) (9,105)
--------- --------- ---------
Total Federal Taxes 477,377 548,411 387,338
--------- --------- ---------
State Franchise Tax
Current 250,293 236,760 166,433
Deferred 356 (3,439) (428)
--------- --------- ---------
Total State Franchise Tax 250,649 233,321 166,005
--------- --------- ---------
Total Income Taxes $ 728,026 $ 781,732 $ 553,343
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The principal items giving rise to deferred taxes were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Use of different depreciation for tax purposes $ 29,374 $ 15,100 $ 2,300
Difference in loan loss provision for tax purposes 59,991 32,781 37,400
Differences arising from changes in accruals 51,762 (35,621) (62,400)
Other, net (138,214) (18,802) 13,167
--------- --------- ---------
Total $ 2,913 $ (6,542) $ (9,533)
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The provision for taxes on income differed from the amounts computed using the
federal statutory tax rate of 34 percent is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax provision at federal statutory tax rate $705,371 $694,551 $498,839
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 148,335 146,060 109,563
Other, net (125,680) (58,879) (55,059)
--------- --------- ---------
Total Tax Provision $728,026 $781,732 $553,343
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The net deferred tax asset is determined as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets arising from cumulative
timing differences $766,699 $669,612 $676,154
Valuation allowance* (203,000) (103,000) (103,000)
--------- --------- ---------
Net Deferred Tax Asset $563,699 $566,612 $573,154
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
*The valuation allowance is estimated based upon amounts less than likely of
future realization.
NOTE #9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
-16-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
The Company leases land, buildings, and equipment under noncancelable operating
leases expiring at various dates through 2009. The following is a schedule of
future minimum lease payments based upon obligations at year-end.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ending
December 31, Amount
----------------- ----------
<S> <C>
1999 $ 489,154
2000 401,480
2001 230,060
2002 203,408
2003 201,825
More than 5 years 955,546
----------
Total $2,481,473
----------
----------
</TABLE>
Total expenditures charged for leases for the reporting periods ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, were $312,467, $309,034 and $250,736,
respectively.
The Company is involved in various litigation. In the opinion of management
and the Company's legal counsel, the disposition of all such litigation
pending will not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank was contingently liable for letters
of credit accommodations made to its customers totaling $889,684 and
$298,019, respectively. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Bank had
undisbursed loan commitments in the amount of $26,363,856 and $20,112,680,
respectively. The Bank makes commitments to extend credit in the normal
course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. Commitments
to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, the total outstanding commitment amount does
not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of
credit written are confidential commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee
the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in
issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in
extending loans to customers. The Bank anticipates no losses as a result of
such transactions.
NOTE #10 - NOTES PAYABLE
On September 11, 1998, the Bancorp obtained a revolving line of credit in the
amount of $2,000,000 through Pacific Coast Bankers' Bank. The note is
secured by 339,332 shares of the Bank's stock. The note matures August 15,
2004, and bears interest at a variable rate of 1.00% over the Wall Street
Journal prime rate. The outstanding principal balance at December 31, 1998,
was $750,000. The note is payable in four quarterly interest payments
followed by 20 consecutive principal and interest payments.
The following is the required principal resolution of the note assuming full
disbursement of loan
-17-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
proceeds of $2,000,000:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ending
December 31, Amount
----------------- ----------
<S> <C>
1999 $ 100,000
2000 400,000
2001 400,000
2002 400,000
2003 400,000
2004 300,000
----------
Total $2,000,000
----------
----------
</TABLE>
NOTE #11 - STOCK SPLIT
On September 4, 1997, the Board of Directors approved a three-for-two stock
split of its common stock. The outstanding shares and related calculations
included in these financial statements reflect retroactive adjustments for
this stock split.
NOTE #12 - STOCK OPTION PLANS
At December 31, 1998, the Bank had two stock option plans, which are
described below. The Bank applies APB Opinion 25 and related interpretations
in accounting for its plan. Accordingly, no compensation costs have been
recognized for its stock option plans. Had compensation costs for these
plans been determined on the fair value at the grant dates consistent with
the method of SFAS No. 123, the impact would not have materially affected net
income.
The Company adopted the Bank's 1990 stock option plan, which is a tandem
stock option plan permitting options to be granted either as "Incentive Stock
Options" or as non-qualified stock options under the Internal Revenue Code.
All outstanding options were granted at prices which equal the fair market
value on the day of grant. Options granted vest at a rate of 25 percent per
year for four years, and expire no later than ten years from the date of
grant. The plan provides for issuance of up to 138,465 shares (after giving
retroactive effect for a three-for-two stock split in 1997) of the Company's
unissued common stock and is subject to the specific approval of the Board of
Directors.
NOTE #12 - STOCK OPTION PLANS, (CONTINUED)
The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions
for 1997: risk-free rates of 5.78% and
dividend yield of 3.22%, expected life of five years; and
volatility of 34%.
The following tables summarize information about the 1990 stock option plan
outstanding at December 31, 1998. These tables are not affected by the
subsequent stock dividend as discussed in Note #26.
-18-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
----------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------
Weighted- Weighted- Weighted-
Average Average Average
Exercise Exercise Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price
--------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year 99,749 $4.21 119,447 $3.92 133,908 $3.91
Granted 4,104 $10.67
Cancelled (562) $10.67
Exercised (29,415) $3.90 (23,802) $3.83 (14,461) $3.83
--------- ---------- -----------
Outstanding at end of year 69,772 $4.29 99,749 $4.21 119,447 $3.92
--------- ---------- -----------
--------- ---------- -----------
Options available for granting at
end of year 3 3 4,107
Weighted average fair value of options
granted $3.08
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Weighted- Weighted- Weighted-
Average Average Average
Exercise Number Remaining Exercise Number Exercise
Price Outstanding Contractual Life Price Exercisable Price
------------ ----------- ---------------- --------- -------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$3.83 40,168 4.09 $3.83 40,168 $3.83
$4.00 - 4.33 26,250 1.68 $4.17 26,250 $4.17
$10.67 3,354 8.53 $10.67 839 $10.67
--------- ----------
69,772 3.40 $4.29 67,257 $4.05
--------- ----------
--------- ----------
</TABLE>
The Company adopted the Bank's 1997 stock option plan, which is a tandem
stock option plan permitting options to be granted either as "Incentive Stock
Options" or as "Non-qualified Stock Options" under the Internal Revenue Code.
All outstanding options were granted at prices which equal the fair market
value on the day of the grant. Options granted vest at a rate of 20 percent
per year for five years, and expire no later than ten years from the date of
grant. The plan provides for issuance of up to 161,049 shares (after giving
retroactive effect for a three-for-two stock split in 1997) of the Company's
unissued common stock and is subject to the specific approval of the Board of
Directors.
NOTE #12 - STOCK OPTION PLANS, (CONTINUED)
The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions
for 1998 and 1997, respectively: risk-free rates of 4.80% and 5.78%,
dividend yields of 2.67% and 3.22%, expected life of eight years; and
volatility of 25% and 34%. No options were granted for this plan prior to
1997.
The following summarizes information about the 1997 stock option plan. These
tables are not affected by the subsequent stock dividend as discussed in Note
#26.
-19-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------------------------- --------------------------
Weighted- Weighted-
Average Average
Exercise Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price
------------ -------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year 139,146 $10.67
Granted 6,500 $15.15 139,146 $10.67
Cancelled (11,400) $10.67
Exercised (3,750) $10.67
---------- --------- --------
Outstanding at end of year 130,496 $10.89 139,146 $10.67
---------- ---------
---------- ---------
Options available for grant end of year 26,803 21,903
Weighted average fair value of options granted $ 3.94 $ 3.43
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Weighted- Weighted- Weighted-
Average Average Average
Exercise Number Remaining Exercise Number Exercise
Price Outstanding Contractual Life Price Exercisable Price
- ---------------- ------------------ ---------------- --------- ---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$10.67 123,996 8.53 $10.67 24,799 $10.67
$16.25 1,500 9.29 $16.25 -
$16.50 5,000 9.97 $16.50 -
------------------ ----------------
130,496 8.60 $10.89 24,799 10.67
------------------ ----------------
------------------ ----------------
</TABLE>
-20-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #13 - OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE
The following is a breakdown of fees and other income and expenses for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
-------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fees and Other Income
ATM transaction fees $3,380,117 $2,433,051 $1,024,017
ATM interchange income 767,192 808,901 882,058
ATM sponsorship fees 115,516 139,628 16,109
Bankcard merchant fees 757,380 697,159 363,247
Mortgage broker fees 301,988 127,411 57,399
Other 316,465 205,097 158,278
-------------- ----------- -----------
$5,638,658 $4,411,247 $2,501,108
-------------- ----------- -----------
-------------- ----------- -----------
Other Expenses
Data processing 801,943 615,809 481,844
Advertising and promotional 217,719 110,418 123,240
Regulatory fees 47,756 28,779 159,324
Other professional fees and outside services 58,144 66,850 54,376
Legal fees and other litigation expenses 187,863 152,351 118,071
Stationery and supplies 107,595 111,942 98,386
Bankcard merchant expense 864,970 604,011 290,236
Director fees 158,476 96,275 88,675
ATM costs at gaming sites 2,076,345 1,053,056
ATM costs at retail sites 680,448 695,118 486,831
Other 551,160 512,963 396,580
-------------- ----------- -----------
Total $5,752,419 $4,047,572 $2,297,563
-------------- ----------- -----------
-------------- ----------- -----------
</TABLE>
NOTE #14 - RESTRICTION ON TRANSFERS OF FUNDS TO PARENT
There are legal limitations on the ability of the Bank to provide funds to the
Company. Dividends declared by the Bank may not exceed, in any calendar year,
without approval of the State Banking Department, net income for the year and
the retained net income for the preceding two years. Section 23A of the Federal
Reserve Act restricts the Bank from extending credit to the Company and other
affiliates amounting to more than 20 percent of its contributed capital and
retained earnings. During 1998, the Bank paid the parent $665,355 in dividends.
-21-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #15 - SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN
The Bank established a salary continuation plan agreement with the President,
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Lending Officer, and Chief Administrative
Officer, as authorized by the Board of Directors. This agreement provides for
annual cash payments for a period not to exceed 15 years, beginning at
retirement age 60. In the event of death prior to retirement age, annual cash
payments would be made to the beneficiaries for a determined number of years.
The present values of the Company's liability under this Agreement were $185,353
and $134,673 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, and are included in
other liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The
Company maintains life insurance policies, which are intended to fund all costs
of the plan. The cash surrender values of these life insurance policies totaled
$1,020,576 and $970,318, at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
NOTE #16 - 401(k) PENSION PLAN
During 1994, the Bank established a savings plan for employees which allows
participants to make contributions by salary deduction equal to 15% or less of
their salary pursuant to section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee
contributions are matched up to 25% of the employee's contribution. Employees
vest immediately in their own contributions and they vest in the Bank's
contribution based on years of service. Expenses of the savings plan were
$34,619, $24,048, and $16,651, for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
NOTE #17 - EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)
The following is a reconciliation of net income and shares outstanding to the
income and number of shares used to compute EPS. Share information has been
retroactively adjusted for the subsequent stock dividend as discussed in Note
#26.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
-------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------
Net Net Net
Income Shares Income Shares Income Shares
----------- ---------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income as reported $ 1,346,595 $ 1,261,064 $ 913,831
Shares outstanding at year-end 1,112,583 1,078,091 1,053,337
Impact of weighting shares
purchased during the year (25,307) (9,096) (7,330)
----------- ---------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
Used in Basic EPS 1,346,595 1,087,276 1,261,064 1,068,995 913,831 1,046,007
Dilutive effect of outstanding
stock options 104,712 66,695 41,189
----------- ---------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
Used in Dilutive EPS $ 1,346,595 1,191,988 $ 1,261,064 1,135,690 $ 913,831 1,087,196
----------- ---------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
----------- ---------- ----------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
-22-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #18 - REGULATORY MATTERS
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements
can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary,
actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material
effect on the Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines
and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet
specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's
assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under
regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators
about components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the
table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to
risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to
average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 1998,
that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
As of the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action (there are no conditions or events
since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's
category). To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain
minimum capital ratios as set forth in the table below. The following table
also sets forth the Bank's actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios
(dollar amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Capital Needed
-----------------------------------------------
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
For Capital Prompt Corrective
Actual Regulatory Adequacy Purposes Action Provisions
-------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
Capital Capital Capital
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
--------- ------ -------- ------ -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
As of December 31, 1998
Total capital to risk-weighted assets $10,342 10.81% $7,656 8.0% $9,570 10.0%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets $9,272 9.69% $3,828 4.0% $5,742 6.0%
Tier 1 capital to average assets $9,272 7.55% $4,915 4.0% $6,144 5.0%
As of December 31, 1997
Total capital to risk-weighted assets $8,841 13.45% $5,259 8.00% $6,573 10.00%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets $8,018 12.18% $2,633 4.00% $3,950 6.00%
Tier 1 capital to average assets $8,018 8.59% $3,732 4.00% $4,665 5.00%
</TABLE>
-23-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #19 - ACQUISITION OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
On February 21, 1997, the Bank acquired certain assets and liabilities of the
Wells Fargo Bank branch located in Cambria, California. The total assets
acquired were $5,255,161, which consisted of $316,610 of leasehold
improvements and fixed assets, $4,863,150 of cash and $15,267 of loans. In
addition, the Bank also assumed $5,255,161 of deposits. The Bank paid a
premium of $60,134 for the deposits. On September 2, 1994, the Bank had paid
a premium of $173,102 for a branch acquisition. Both of these permiums are
being amortized over a five-year period. Amortization of the premiums for
1998, 1997 and 1996, was $46,647, $43,641, and $34,620, respectively. The
remaining unamortized premiums at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, were
$62,168, $108,815, and $92,321.
NOTE #20 - OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
As discussed in Note #1H, Other Real Estate Owned is carried at the estimated
fair value of the real estate. An analysis of the transactions for December
31, 1998 and 1997, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
--------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance, Beginning of year $ 62,000 -
Additions - $ 62,000
Sales (62,000) -
--------- --------
Balance, End of year $ - $ 62,000
--------- --------
--------- --------
</TABLE>
There were no Other Real Estate Owned transactions during 1996.
NOTE #21 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair
Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosure of fair value
information about all financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the
balance sheet. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair
values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation
techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions
used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In
that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by
comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized
in immediate settlement of the instruments. SFAS No. 107 excludes certain
financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure
requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not
represent the underlying value of the Bank.
-24-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #21 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, (CONTINUED)
The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of
financial instruments at December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about
Fair Value of Financial Instruments," defines the fair value of a financial
instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a
current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or
liquidation sale.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Carrying
Amount Fair Value
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $24,939,179 $24,939,179
Investment bearing deposits 666,975 666,975
Investment and mortgage-backed securities 28,621,257 28,922,113
Loans receivable 72,214,308 72,278,539
Accrued interest receivable
Liabilities
Non-interest bearing deposits 38,672,576 38,672,576
Interest bearing deposits 80,735,130 80,749,292
Notes Payable 750,000 750,000
Accrued interest payable
Notional Cost to Cede
Amount or Assume
------------ ------------
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit $27,253,540 $ 272,535
</TABLE>
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in estimating
fair value disclosures:
- - CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash
equivalents approximate those assets' fair values due to the short-term
nature of the assets.
- - INTEREST BEARING DEPOSITS
Fair values for time deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow
analysis that applies interest rates currently being offered on
certificates to a schedule of aggregated contractual maturities on such
time deposits.
- - INVESTMENT AND MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES
Fair values are based upon quoted market prices, where available.
-25-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #21 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, (CONTINUED)
- - LOANS
For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant
change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying amounts. The fair
values for other loans (for example, fixed rate commercial real estate and
rental property mortgage loans and commercial and industrial loans) are
estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on interest rates
currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of
similar credit quality. Loan fair value estimates include judgments
regarding future expected loss experience and risk characteristics. The
carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.
- - DEPOSITS
The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (for example,
interest-bearing checking accounts and passbook accounts) are, by
definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date
(that is, their carrying amounts). The fair values for certificates of
deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that
applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a
schedule of aggregated contractual maturities on such time deposits.
The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates fair value.
- - LONG-TERM DEBT - NOTES PAYABLE
The fair value disclosed for notes payable is based on carrying amounts.
The note is a variable-rated note that reprices frequently.
- - OFF-BALANCE SHEET INSTRUMENTS
Fair values of loan commitments and financial guarantees are based upon
fees currently charged to enter similar agreements, taking into account the
remaining terms of the agreement and the counterparties' credit standing.
NOTE #22 - TIME DEPOSIT LIABILITIES
At December 31, 1998, the Bank had time certificates of deposit with maturity
distributions as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Due in one year or less $26,173,587
Due after one year through three years 2,746,854
Due after three years 209,808
-----------
$29,130,249
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
-26-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #23 - OTHER BORROWED MONEY
Other borrowed money consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
Average Average
Balance (1) Balance (1)
----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase $ 738,318 $ 932,565
Federal funds purchased 128,302 40,438
----------- ------------
$ 866,620 $ 973,003
----------- ------------
----------- ------------
The maximum outstanding balance
at any month end during the year $2,002,500 $3,760,000
</TABLE>
(1) Average balances are computed using the daily balances outstanding during
the year.
There was no balance as of December 31, 1998 and 1997.
Interest expense on federal funds purchased was $5,090, $2,572, and $2,360
and interest expense on securities sold under agreements to repurchase was
$46,158, $53,880, and $27,434 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
The Bank has a fed funds borrowing line with a correspondent bank. The
credit limit available on that line is $3,500,000.
NOTE #24 - OPERATING SEGMENTS
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information," which the Bank has adopted in the current year. The Company
has two primary reportable segments. The segments reported herein apply to
the Bank and the Bank's EFT Department. The segments are identified as such
based upon the percentage of operating net income, management responsibility,
and the types of products and services offered.
The segments consist of the Bank and four separately classified components
within the EFT Department referred to as networks. The Bank offers
traditional banking products such as checking, savings, and certificates of
deposit, as well as mortgage, commercial, and consumer loans. The EFT
Department has installed 64 automatic teller machines located in retail
outlets and gaming facilities, and approximately 300 point of sale machines
located in retail outlets. Income is based upon total customer usage of the
machines and the applicable transaction charge. Income is allocated to the
Bank via contractual agreement. The Bank measures segment profit as operating
net income which is defined as income before provision for income taxes.
-27-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #24 - OPERATING SEGMENTS, (CONTINUED)
Presented below is comparative financial information relating to the Bank's
operating segments:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EFT
Department Bank Consolidated
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
Revenues $5,085,276 $ 9,266,192 $14,351,468
Depreciation and amortization 2,247 425,841 428,088
Operating income 1,069,050 1,005,571 2,074,621
Total assets 7,999,357 123,034,141 131,033,498
EFT
Department Bank Consolidated
------------ ------------ ------------
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
Revenues $4,094,762 $ 7,556,673 $11,651,435
Depreciation and amortization 351,303 351,303
Operating income 1,367,429 675,367 2,042,796
Total assets 7,408,302 85,911,120 93,319,422
EFT
Department Bank Consolidated
------------ ------------ ------------
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
Revenues $2,287,260 $ 6,193,027 $8,480,287
Depreciation and amortization 262,424 262,424
Operating income 964,045 503,129 1,467,174
Total assets 10,121,109 75,001,208 85,122,317
</TABLE>
NOTE #25 - CASH DIVIDENDS
On January 29, 1998, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $.50 per
share to stockholders' of record on February 9, 1998. The dividend paid was
$519,718.
On January 23, 1997, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $.33 per
share (after retroactive adjustment for 1997 stock split) to stockholders' of
record on February 7, 1997. The dividend paid was $337,787.
-28-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #26 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 28, 1999, the Board of Directors declared a 4% stock dividend payable
on February 26, 1999 to stockholders of record on February 15, 1999. Per share
amounts in the accompanying financial statements have been restated for the
stock dividend. Per share amounts for December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, prior
to the restatement of the stock dividend were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Basic $ 1.29 $ 1.23 $ 0.91
Diluted $ 1.17 $ 1.15 $ 0.87
</TABLE>
-29-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #27 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP (PARENT
COMPANY)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BALANCE SHEETS
1998 1997
------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash $ 108,161 $ 300,296
Prepaid 286,723 89,024
Construction in progress 406,733
Investment in subsidiary 9,398,102 7,746,408
------------ -----------
Total Assets $10,199,719 $8,135,728
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
-30-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Notes payable 750,000
Other Liabilities 13,049 8,650
----------- ---------
Total Liabilities 763,049 8,650
----------- ---------
Stockholders' Equity
Common stock 4,470,170 4,180,486
Retained earnings 4,966,500 3,946,592
----------- ---------
Total Stockholders' Equity 9,436,670 8,127,078
----------- ---------
Total Liabilities and
Stockholders' Equity $10,199,719 $8,135,728
----------- ---------
----------- ---------
</TABLE>
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME
Equity in undisbursed income of subsidiary $1,423,886 $1,317,202 $950,057
---------- ---------- --------
Total Income 1,423,886 1,317,202 950,057
---------- ---------- --------
EXPENSE
Salary expense 35,284 32,283 31,987
Equipment expense 182
Other professional fees and outside services 44,930 22,785 13,781
Interest expense 12,632
Other 39,724 37,887 16,141
---------- ---------- --------
Total Expense 132,570 92,955 62,091
---------- ---------- --------
Total Operating Income 1,291,316 1,224,247 887,966
Tax benefit of parent (55,279) (36,817) (25,865)
---------- ---------- --------
Net Income $1,346,595 $1,261,064 $913,831
---------- ---------- --------
---------- ---------- --------
</TABLE>
-31-
<PAGE>
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
NOTE #27 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP (PARENT
COMPANY), (CONTINUED)
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $1,346,595 $1,261,064 $ 913,831
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income
to Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
Increase in other assets (197,699) (31,217) (28,434)
Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities 4,399 (24,825) (11,062)
Undistributed income of subsidiary (1,423,886) (1,317,202) (950,057)
---------- ----------- ---------
Net Cash Used In
Operating Activities (270,591) (112,180) (75,722)
---------- ----------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and premises (406,733)
---------- ----------- ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Cash dividends declared (519,850) (339,138) (213,011)
Cash dividends received 665,355 345,985 499,016
Additional contributed capital (700,000)
Increase in loans payable 750,000
Proceeds from the exercise of options 289,684 91,241 55,436
---------- ----------- ---------
Net Cash Provided By
Financing Activities 485,189 98,088 341,441
---------- ----------- ---------
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH (192,135) (14,092) 265,719
CASH, Beginning of year 300,296 314,388 48,669
---------- ----------- ---------
CASH, End of year $ 108,161 $ 300,296 $ 314,388
---------- ----------- ---------
---------- ----------- ---------
</TABLE>
-32-
<PAGE>
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
(UNAUDITED)
The selected quarterly data for 1998 and 1997 is based on the unaudited
financial statements of the Company as presented by Management.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Quarter Ended
(Dollars in thousands, except --------------------------------------------------------------------
per share data) March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998
Net interest income 1,220 1,255 1,417 1,554
Provision for possible loan losses 21 25 58 60
Non-interest income 1,582 1,644 1,695 1,440
Non-interest expenses 2,261 2,361 2,477 2,470
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Income before provision for
income taxes 520 513 577 464
Provision for income taxes 191 180 202 155
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Net Income $ 329 $ 333 $ 375 $ 309
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Earnings Per Share:
Basic 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.28
Diluted 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.23
Dividends declared per share
Total assets 97,445 106,110 119,155 131,138
Total deposits 86,932 96,321 108,364 119,408
Loans, net 60,505 63,538 68,343 69,803
Stockholders' equity 7,987 8,337 8,784 9,437
1997
Net interest income 1,027 1,097 1,114 1,235
Provision for possible loan losses 60 26 43 35
Non-interest income 836 911 1,619 1,600
Non-interest expenses 1,393 1,506 2,117 2,216
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Income before provision for
income taxes 410 476 573 584
Provision for income taxes 156 180 222 224
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Net Income $ 254 $ 296 $ 351 $ 360
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Earnings Per Share:
Basic (1) 0.25 0.29 0.34 0.35
Diluted (1) 0.23 0.27 0.32 0.33
Dividends declared per share 0.33
Total assets 84,897 87,787 93,825 93,319
Total deposits 76,439 79,079 84,184 83,550
Loans, net 51,193 52,802 55,088 54,697
Stockholders' equity 6,980 7,408 7,717 8,127
</TABLE>
(1) Adjusted retroactively for the three-for-two stock split which occurred on
November 5, 1997.
-33-
<PAGE>
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
MARKET INFORMATION
There is a limited over-the-counter market for the Company's Common Stock.
The Company's Common Stock is not listed on any exchange or market. However,
Maguire Investments, Inc., Hoeffer & Arnett, Inc., and Sutro & Co., make a
market in the Company's Common Stock.
The information in the following table indicates the high and low bid prices
of the Company's Common Stock for each quarterly period during the last two
years based upon information provided by Maguire Investments, Inc. and
Hoeffer & Arnett. These prices do not include retain mark-ups, mark-downs,
or commissions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bid Prices
Quarter Ended ---------------------------
1998 Low High
------------- ---------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
March 31 $13.50 $16.00
June 30 15.75 16.75
September 30 16.00 17.75
December 31 16.00 17.00
Bid Prices
Quarter Ended ---------------------------
1997 Low High
------------- ---------------------------
March 31 $8.00 $10.00
June 30 10.00 11.33
September 30 10.33 11.33
December 31 11.50 12.67
</TABLE>
AVAILABILITY OF 10-KSB
A COPY OF THE BANCORP'S ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-KSB IS AVAILABLE TO
SHAREHOLDERS FREE OF CHARGE BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE PRESIDENT OF
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP, 545 12TH STREET, PASO ROBLES, CALIFORNIA 93446.
ANNUAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
In addition to this Annual Report to Shareholders, the Bank makes available,
pursuant to FDIC regulations, an Annual Disclosure Statement. A copy of the
Annual Disclosure Statement may be obtained by contacting the President of
Heritage Oaks Bancorp, 545 12th Street, Paso Robles, California 93446, or by
telephoning (805) 239-5200.
-34-
<PAGE>
ITEM 8. CHANGES AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
NONE.
PART III
ITEM 9. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL
PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a)
OF THE EXCHANGE ACT
THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEM 9 OF FORM 10-KSB IS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE FROM THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S PROXY STATEMENT FOR
THE 1999 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS WHICH WILL BE FILED PURSUANT TO
REGULATION 14A.
ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEM 10 OF FORM 10-KSB IS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE FROM THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S PROXY STATEMENT FOR
THE 1999 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS WHICH WILL BE FILED PURSUANT TO
REGULATION 14A.
ITEM 11. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEM 11 OF FORM 10-KSB IS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE FROM THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S PROXY STATEMENT FOR
THE 1999 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS WHICH WILL BE FILED PURSUANT TO
REGULATION 14A.
ITEM 12. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY ITEM 12 OF FORM 10-K IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
FROM THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S PROXY STATEMENT FOR THE 1999
ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS WHICH WILL BE FILED PURSUANT TO REGULATION 14A.
ITEM 13. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
EXHIBITS:
(2.1) PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 22,
1994, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 2 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM
S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8, 1994.
(3.1a) ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT
3.1A TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504 FILED WITH THE SEC ON
APRIL, 1994.
(3.1b) AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION FILED WITH THE
SECRETARY OF STATE ON OCTOBER 16, 1997.
(3.2) BYLAWS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 3.2 TO REGISTRATION
STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8, 1994.
(4.1) SPECIMEN FORM OF HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP STOCK CERTIFICATE
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT
28
<PAGE>
4.1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504 FILED WITH THE SEC ON
APRIL 8, 1994.
(10.1) AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE ASSETS AND ASSUME LIABILITIES BETWEEN
HERITAGE OAKS BANK AND LA CUMBRE SAVINGS BANK, DATED MARCH 28, 1994,
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 10.1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM
S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8, 1994.
*(10.2) 1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT
10.2 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON
APRIL 8, 1994.
*(10.3) FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM
EXHIBIT 4.2 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE
SEC ON APRIL 8, 1994.
*(10.4) LAWRENCE P. WARD EMPLOYMENT LETTER AGREEMENT, DATED NOVEMBER 17,
1992, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 10.3 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON
FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8, 1994.
(10.5) SERVICE AGREEMENT, DATED NOVEMBER 10, 1992, BETWEEN HERITAGE
OAKS BANK AND MESCOM ENTERPRISES, INC. DBA NATIVE AMERICAN NETWORK SYSTEM,
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 10.4 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM
S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8, 1994.
(10.6) LETTER AGREEMENT, DATED OCTOBER 23, 1992, BETWEEN HERITAGE OAKS
BANK AND PETER GHEORGHIU, INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 10.5 TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8,
1994.
(10.7) ITEM PROCESSING AND BACK OFFICES SERVICING AGREEMENT, DATED
AUGUST 11, 1993, BETWEEN HERITAGE OAKS BANK AND SYSTEMATICS FINANCIAL SERVICES,
INC., INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 10.6 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON
FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504, FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8, 1995.
(10.8) DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT, DATED OCTOBER 1, 1992, BETWEEN
HERITAGE OAKS BANK AND CITY NATIONAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 10.7 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4 NO. 33-77504,
FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 8, 1994.
*(10.9) 401(k) PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE
COMPANY'S 10K REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
*(10. 10) HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP 1995 BONUS PLAN, FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE
COMPANY'S 10K REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
*(10.11) SALARY CONTINUATION PLAN OF HERITAGE OAKS BANK, FILED WITH THE
SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10K REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
*(10. 12) SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT WITH LAWRENCE P. WARD, FILED WITH
THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10K REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
*(10. 13) SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT WITH GWEN R. PELFREY, FILED WITH
THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10K REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
*(10. 14) SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT WITH ROBERT E. BLOCH, FILED WITH
THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10K REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
29
<PAGE>
(10.15) WOODLAND SHOPPING CENTER LEASE, FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE
COMPANY'S 10K REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
(10.16) LAGUNA VILLAGE SUBLEASE, FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10K
REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
*(10.17) LAWRENCE P. WARD EMPLOYMENT LETTER AGREEMENT, DATED FEBRUARY 27, 1996,
FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10KSB REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995.
(10.18) 1135 SANTA ROSA STREET LEASE, FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S
10KSB REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995.
(10.19) PURCHASE AND ASSUMPTION BETWEEN WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. AND
HERITAGE OAKS BANK, DATED AS OF OCTOBER 15, 1996, FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE
COMPANY'S 8-K REPORT, DATED DECEMBER 2, 1996.
(10.20) LEASE AGREEMENT FOR CAMBRIA BRANCH OFFICE DATED FEBRUARY 21, 1997
FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10KSB REPORTED FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996.
(10.21) 1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM EXHIBIT 4A
TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-8 NO.333-31105 FILED WITH THE
SEC ON JULY 11, 1997.
(10.22) FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FROM
EXHIBIT 4B TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-8 NO. 333-31105
FILED WITH THE SEC ON JULY 11, 1997.
(10.23) MADONNA ROAD LEASE FILED WITH THE SEC IN THE COMPANY'S 10KSB FOR THE
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997.
(10.24) SANTA MARIA LEASE COMMENCING NOVEMBER 1, 1998.
(10.25) SERVICE AGREEMENT WITH ONLINE RESOURCES AND COMMUNICATION CORP. DATED
DECEMBER 18, 1998 ( INTERNET BANKING PRODUCT FOR CUSTOMERS).
(10.26) MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT WITH MID WEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
COMMENCING OCTOBER 1, 1998.
(21) SUBSIDIARIES OF HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP. HERITAGE OAKS BANK IS THE ONLY
SUBSIDIARY OF HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP.
(23) CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
(27) FINANCIAL SCHEDULE
*DENOTES MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS, COMPENSATORY PLANS OR ARRANGEMENTS.
REPORTS ON FORM 8-K:
DURING THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 1998, THE COMPANY DID NOT FILE ANY REPORTS ON FORM
8-K.
30
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934, THE COMPANY HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED.
HERITAGE OAKS BANCORP
BY: /S/ LAWRENCE P. WARD
LAWRENCE P. WARD
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
DATED: MARCH 25, 1999
BY: /S/MARGARET A. TORRES
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
DATED: MARCH 25, 1999
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS REPORT
HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE REGISTRANT AND
IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
DATED: MARCH 18, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
/S/ B.R. BRYANT CHAIRMAN OF THE MARCH 18, 1999
B.R. BRYANT BOARD OF
DIRECTORS
/S/ DONALD H. CAMPBELL VICE CHAIRMAN MARCH 18, 1999
DONALD H. CAMPBELL OF THE BOARD
OF DIRECTORS
/S/ KENNETH DEWAR DIRECTOR MARCH 18, 1999
KENNETH DEWAR
/S/ DOLORES T. LACEY DIRECTOR MARCH 18, 1999
DOLORES T. LACEY
/S/ MERLE F. MILLER DIRECTOR MARCH 18, 1999
MERLE F. MILLER
31
<PAGE>
/S/ JOHN PALLA DIRECTOR MARCH 18, 1999
JOHN PALLA
/S/ OLE K. VIBORG DIRECTOR MARCH 18, 1999
OLE K. VIBORG
/S/ LAWRENCE P. WARD DIRECTOR MARCH 18, 1999
LAWRENCE P. WARD
/S/ DAVID WEYRICH DIRECTOR MARCH 18,1999
DAVID WEYRICH
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
SEQUENTIAL
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE NUMBER
<S> <C> <C>
(10.24) SANTA MARIA LEASE COMMENCING NOVEMBER 1, 1998.
(10.25) SERVICE AGREEMENT WITH ONLINE RESOURCES AND COMMUNICATION CORP. DATED
DECEMBER 18, 1998 ( INTERNET BANKING PRODUCT FOR CUSTOMERS).
(10.26) MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT WITH MID WEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
COMMENCING OCTOBER 1, 1998.
23 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
27 FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE
</TABLE>
32
<PAGE>
LEASE
This Lease ("Lease") is entered into as of November 1, 1998, between
RICHARD C. BLAKE ("Landlord") and HERITAGE OAKS BANK, a California
corporation ("Tenant")
RECITALS
A. Landlord is the owner of certain land, building, and improvements
located in Santa Maria, California, generally described as a commercial
building located at 1660 South Broadway, and more particularly described in
attached Exhibit "A" ("Premises").
B. Landlord desires to lease to Tenant and Tenant desires to lease from
Landlord the Premises on the terms and conditions in this Lease.
For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Lease the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
ADJUSTMENT DATE is defined in Section 5.b.
COMMENCEMENT DATE is defined in Section 3.
EXTENDED TERM is defined in Section 4.
EVENT OF DEFAULT is defined in Section 22.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE is defined in Section 7.c.
INDEX is defined in Section 5.c.
INITIAL MONTHLY RENT is defined in Section 5.a.
LANDLORD is defined in the preamble of this Lease.
LEASE is defined in the preamble of this Lease.
MINIMUM MONTHLY RENT is defined in Section 5.a.
OPTION NOTICE is defined in Section 4.
PREMISES is defined in Recital A.
REPORTABLE USE is defined in Section 7.c.
TENANT is defined in the preamble of this Lease.
TERM is defined in Section 3.
TERMINATION DATE is defined in Section 3.
1
<PAGE>
TRADE FIXTURE is defined in Section 17.a.
2. LEASE. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord
the Premises on the terms and conditions in this Lease.
3. TERM OF LEASE. The initial term of this Lease ("Term") shall be
for ten (10) years commencing on November 1, 1998 ("Commencement Date"), and
ending on October 31, 2008, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of
this Lease ("Termination Date").
4. OPTION TO EXTEND. Tenant is given three (3) separate and
consecutive options to extend the Term on all of the provisions contained in
this Lease, except for the Minimum Monthly Rent, each for a five (5) year
period ("Extended Term") following expiration of the Initial Term or Extended
Term, by giving notice of exercise of the option ("Option Notice") to
Landlord at least six (6) months, but not more than one (1) year before the
expiration of the Term or Extended Term. Provided that if Tenant is in
default on the date of giving the Option Notice, the Option Notice shall be
totally ineffective, or if Tenant is in default on the date any Extended Term
is to commence, provided that Landlord has given Tenant prior written notice
of such default, the Extended Term shall not commence and this Lease shall
expire at the end of the Initial Term or then-current Extended Term
Tenant shall have no other right to extend the Term beyond October
31, 2023.
5. MINIMUM MONTHLY RENT.
a. For the period commencing November 1, 1998, and ending
October 31, 1999, the minimum monthly rental shall be Five Thousand Three
Hundred Ninety-Five Dollars ($5,395.00) (Initial Monthly Rent and as adjusted
from time to time, Minimum Monthly Rent). The Minimum Monthly Rent shall be
payable in advance not later than the fifth (5th) business day of each month.
The payment shall be made by electronic transfer into Landlord's account at
Bank of America, 1105 Higuera Street, San Luis Obispo, California, Account
No. 00614-06469, or by electronic transfer or other method as Landlord may
from time to time designate by written notice to Tenant.
b. The Minimum Monthly Rent shall be adjusted annually as of
November 1, ("Adjustment Date") to an amount equal to the greater of
(i) the Minimum Monthly Rent in effect immediately prior to the
Adjustment Date (without regard to any temporary abatement of rental then
or previously in effect pursuant to the provisions of this Lease), or
(ii) the product obtained by multiplying the Initial Monthly Rent
(without regard to any temporary abatement of rental then or previously
in effect pursuant to the provisions of this Lease) by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Index, as defined below, published nearest but
prior to the Adjustment Date and the denominator of which is the Index
published nearest but prior to the Commencement Date.
No adjustment shall be greater than six percent (6%) per year.
c. The term Index as used in this Lease shall mean the Consumer
Price Index (All Urban Consumers) (base year 1982-84-100) for San
Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, published by the Bureau of Labor Statistic of the
United States Department of Labor. If the Bureau of Labor Statistics revises
the Index, the parties agree that the Bureau of Labor Statistics will be the
sole
2
<PAGE>
judge of the comparability of successive indexes. If that agency,
however,fails to supply indexes that it deems comparable, or if no succeeding
index is published, the parties shall then negotiate to determine an
appropriate alternative published price index. If they are unable to agree on
an alternative Index within thirty (30) days after the request to do so is
made by one party to the other, then either party may request that each
appoint a person, within fifteen (15) days after the request, to select an
alternative published price index. The two persons so appointed, within
fifteen (15) days after the later of them is appointed, shall appoint a third
person to act with them in the selection of an alternative price index. If
either of the first two fails to appoint the third, or if Landlord or Tenant
fails to appoint one of the first two, then either Landlord or Tenant can
file a petition with the American Arbitration Association solely for the
purpose of selecting a third person who must be an M.A.I. appraiser with at
least ten years of commercial appraisal experience in northern Santa Barbara
or San Luis Obispo Counties. Each party shall bear half the cost of the
American Arbitration Association appointing the third person and of paying
the third person's fee. The third person, however selected, shall be a person
who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party. If any
appointee declines or is unable to serve, the appointee shall be replaced by
another person appointed in the same manner. Within thirty (30) days after
the appointment process is completed, and on the basis of all pertinent
facts, the appointees, by majority vote, shall select an alternative
published price index and advise Landlord and Tenant in writing of the
selection. Each person appointed as an arbitrator shall have at least 10
years prior experience in renting commercial real estate in northern Santa
Barbara County or San Luis Obispo County as a licensed California real estate
broker or 10 years commercial appraisal experience as an MAI appraiser. All
fees and expenses incurred in the appointment of the persons shall be shared
equally by Landlord and Tenant.
d. The Minimum Monthly Rent shall be waived until the date when
Tenant opens for business on the Premises, or through December 31, 1998,
whichever occurs first.
6. RENT ON EXTENDED TERM. The parties shall have thirty (30) days
after Landlord receives each Option Notice in which to agree on Minimum
Monthly Rent during the Extended Term. If the parties agree on the Minimum
Monthly Rent for the Extended Term during that period, they shall immediately
execute an amendment to this Lease stating the Minimum Monthly Rent.
If the parties are unable to agree on the Minimum Monthly Rent for
the Extended Term within that period, then within ten (10) days after the
expiration of that period each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the
other party, shall appoint an M.A.I. real estate appraiser or licensed real
estate broker with at least ten (10) years' full-time commercial appraisal or
commercial real estate experience in northern Santa Barbara or San Luis
Obispo County and set the Minimum Monthly Rent for the Extended Term. If a
party does not appoint an appraiser within ten (10) days after the other
party has given notice of the name of its appointee, the single appointee
shall set the Minimum Monthly Rent for the Extended Term. If the two
appraisers/brokers are appointed by the parties as stated in this paragraph,
they shall meet promptly and attempt to set the Minimum Monthly Rent for the
Extended Term. If they are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after the
second appraiser/broker has been appointed, they shall attempt to elect a
third appraiser who must be an M.A.I. appraiser with at least ten years of
commercial appraisal experience in northern Santa Barbara or San Luis Obispo
Counties within ten (10) days after the last day the two appraisers/brokers
are given to set the Minimum Monthly Rent. If they are unable to agree on the
third appraiser/broker, either of the parties to this Lease by giving ten
(10) days' notice to the other party can file a petition with the American
Arbitration Association solely for the purpose of selecting a third appraiser
who meets the qualifications stated in this paragraph. Each party shall bear
half the cost of the American Arbitration Association appointing the third
appraiser and of paying the third appraiser's fee. The third
3
<PAGE>
appraiser, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted
in any capacity for either party.
Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third
appraiser, a majority of the appointees shall set the Minimum Monthly Rent
for the extended Term. If a majority of the appointees are unable to set the
Minimum Monthly Rent within the stipulated period of time, the three
appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by three; the
resulting quotient shall be the Minimum Monthly Rent for the Premises during
the Extended Term.
In setting the Minimum Monthly Rent for the Extended Term, the
appraiser/broker shall consider the highest and best commercial/retail use as
allowed by the current zoning ordinance for the Premises without regard to
the restriction on use of the Premises contained in this Lease. The appraisal
shall be on the basis of a triple net lease.
In no event, shall the rent on the Extended Term be less than the
rent determined in accordance with Section 5 as of the last day of the
Initial Term or then-current Extended Term. The rent determined in accordance
with this paragraph shall thereafter, commencing annually on November 1 of
each Extended Term, be adjusted in accordance with the formula set forth in
Paragraphs 5(b) and (c), above.
7. USE/HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE/COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.
a. Tenant will occupy and use the Premises for a retail banking
business and all other operations incident to the conduct of the business,
and Tenant agrees not to use the Premises for any immoral or unlawful
purpose. Landlord agrees that, subject to Section 18 and to the prior
reasonable review and approval by Landlord and compliance with all
applicable governmental requirements and restrictions recorded prior to the
date of this Lease, Tenant may erect and maintain on the Premises and the
building and improvements any signs advertising Tenant's business, as Tenant
may desire.
b. Tenant shall not commit any acts on the Premises, nor use
the Premises in any manner that will increase the existing rates for or cause
the cancellation of any fire, liability, or other insurance policy insuring
the Premises or the improvements on the Premises. Tenant shall, at Tenant's
own cost and expenses, comply with all requirements of Landlord's insurance
carriers that are necessary for the continued maintenance at reasonable rates
of replacement cost fire and comprehensive general liability insurance
policies on the Premises and the improvements on the Premises.
c. The term "Hazardous Substances" as used in this Lease shall
mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence,
nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal,
transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination
with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either. (i)
potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the
environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental
authority, or (iii) a basis for liability of Landlord to any governmental
agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory.
Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons,
petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products, byproducts or fractions
thereof. Tenant shall not engage in any activity in, or or about the Premises
which constitutes a Reportable use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous
Substances without the express prior written consent of Landlord and
compliance in a timely manner (at Tenant's sole cost and expense) with all
applicable law. "Reportable Use" shall mean (i) the installation or use of
any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession,
storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that
4
<PAGE>
requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice,
registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental
authority. Reportable Use shall also include Tenant's being responsible for
the presence in, on or about the premises of a Hazardous Substance with
respect to which any applicable law requires that a notice be given to
persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord's prior consent,
but in compliance with all applicable law, use any ordinary and customary
materials reasonably required to be used by Tenant in the normal course of
Tenant's business permitted on the Premises, so long as such use is not a
Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring properties to
any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Landlord to any
liability therefor. In addition, Landlord may (but without any obligation to
do so) condition his consent to the use or presence of any Hazardous
Substance, activity or storage tank by Tenant upon Tenant's giving Landlord
such additional assurances as Landlord, in his reasonable discretion, deems
necessary to protect himself, the public, the Premises and the environment
against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefrom or
therefor, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or
before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary
protective modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasement) and/or
the deposit of an additional security deposit under Paragraph 30 hereof.
d. If Tenant knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a
Hazardous Substance, or a condition involving or resulting from same, has
come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as
previously consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall immediately give written
notice of such fact to Landlord. Tenant shall also immediately give Landlord
a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit,
business plan, license, claim, action or proceeding given to, or received
from, any governmental authority or private party, or persons entering or
occupying the Premises, concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge
of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Substance or contamination in, on, or about
the Premises, including but not limited to all such documents as may be
involved in any Reportable Uses involving the Premises.
e. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord,
his agents, employees, lenders and the Premises, harmless from and against
any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, costs,
claims, liens, expenses, penalties, permits and attorney's and consultant's
fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance or storage tank
brought onto the Premises by or for Tenant or under Tenant's control.
Tenant's obligations under this paragraph shall include, but not be limited
to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the
environment created or suffered by Tenant, and the cost of investigation
(including consultant's and attorney's fees and testing), removal
remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination
therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by
Landlord and Tenant shall release Tenant from its obligations under this
Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances or storage tanks, unless
specifically so agreed by Landlord in writing at the time of such agreement.
f. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at
Tenant's sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner
comply with all "Applicable Law," which term is used in this Lease to include
all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements
and restrictions or record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire
insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Landlord's
engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises
(including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene,
(ii) environmental condition on, in, under or about the Premises, including
soil and groundwater conditions, (iii) the use, generation, manufacture,
5
<PAGE>
production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage,
spill or release of any Hazardous Substance or storage tank), (iv) seismic
retrofitting, (v) fire suppression requirements, and (vi) Americans With
Disabilities Act accommodations, now in effect or which may hereafter come
into effect, and whether or not reflecting a change in policy from any
previously existing policy. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after receipt
of Landlord's written request, provide Landlord with copies of all documents
and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations,
manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing Tenant's
compliance with any Applicable Law specified by Landlord, and shall
immediately upon receipt, notify Landlord in writing (with copies of any
documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Tenant or
the Premises to comply with any Applicable Law.
g. Landlord and Landlord's lenders shall have the right to
enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at
reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises
and for verifying compliance by Tenant with this Lease and all Applicable
Laws (as defined in Paragraph 7.f) and to employ experts and/or consultants
in connection therewith and/or to advise Landlord with respect to Tenant's
activities, including but not limited to the installation, operation, use,
monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance or storage
tank on or from the Premises.
8. UTILITIES. During the Term, Tenant shall pay, before delinquency,
all charges or assessments for telephone, water, sewer, gas, heat,
electricity, garbage disposal, trash disposal, and all other utilities and
services of any kind that may be used on the Premises.
9. TAXES.
a. Subject to the terms of Section 9(d), Tenant shall pay to
the public authorities charged with the collection on or before the last day
on which payment may be made without penalty or interest, or ten (10) days
after receipt of the tax bill, whichever is later, as additional rent, all
taxes, permit, inspection, and license fees, and other public charges of
whatever nature that are assessed against the Premises or arise because of
the occupancy, use, or possession of the Premises (including but not limited
to taxes on, or which shall be measured by, any rents or rental income, and
taxes on personal property, whether of Landlord or Tenant), subsequent to the
commencement of the Term, and all installments of assessments that are due
during the Term.
b. Landlord shall notify Tenant of the real property taxes and
immediately on receipt of the tax bill furnish Tenant with a copy of the tax
bill.
c. All real estate taxes levied on the Premises for the tax
year in which the Commencement Date falls shall be appropriately prorated
between Landlord and Tenant, so that Tenant's share will reflect the portion
of that tax year in which Tenant had possession of the Premises under this
Lease. Tenant shall pay Tenant's share of the taxes directly to Landlord and
not to the public authorities charged with the collection. That payment shall
constitute full performance by Tenant, and Landlord shall pay from those
funds and Landlord's own funds all of the taxes for that tax year. Taxes
levied on the Premises for the tax year in which the Termination Date occurs
shall be similarly prorated between Landlord and Tenant to reflect the period
of Tenant's possession of the Premises during that tax year. Tenant shall pay
Tenant's share of those taxes to Landlord directly rather than to the public
authorities, and that payment shall constitute full performance under this
Lease with respect to this tax liability.
6
<PAGE>
d. Tenant shall not be required to pay, discharge, or remove any
tax (including penalties and interest), assessment, tax lien, forfeiture, or
other imposition or charge against the Premises or any part of the Premises
or any improvements, so long as Tenant diligently and in good faith contests
the validity or the legality of the assessment, levy, or charge by
appropriate legal proceedings, which should prevent the collection of the
tax, assessment, imposition, or charge contested; provided however, that
Tenant, prior to the date that the tax, assessment, imposition, or charge is
due and payable, shall either have paid it under protest or shall have, (i)
posted a bond with Landlord sufficient to cover the amount of the taxes and
penalties and interest and, (ii) in the case of taxes other than real estate
taxes, given to Landlord a letter executed by an officer of Tenant assuring
Landlord that the tax, assessment, imposition, or charge will be paid when
and to the extent that the legal proceedings conclude in a final
determination that the tax, assessment, imposition, or charge is valid, legal
and owing. Upon such final determination, Tenant agrees to immediately pay
the contested tax, assessment, imposition, or charge, together with all
interest and penalties, if any, and remove and discharge any lien or
forfeiture arising from the prior nonpayment. Any proceedings for contesting
the validity, legality, or amount of any tax, assessment, imposition, or
charge, or to recover any tax, assessment, imposition, or charge paid by
Tenant, may be brought by Tenant in the name of Landlord or in the name of
Tenant, or both, as Tenant deems advisable. Landlord agrees that Landlord
will, upon the reasonable request of Tenant, execute or join in the execution
of any instrument or document necessary in connection with any proceeding.
However, if any proceedings are brought by Tenant, Tenant agrees to indemnify
Landlord for all reasonable loss, cost, or expense that may be imposed on
Landlord in connection with the proceeding. Tenant's right to contest taxes
as provided in this Lease shall not extend beyond the point where Landlord's
title to the Premises could be lost. In any event, Tenant shall notify
Landlord in advance of any tax contest proceedings that Tenant intends to
initiate, and shall then inform Landlord of all significant developments in
the proceedings as they may occur.
e. If Tenant has not paid any tax, assessment, or public charge
required by this Lease to be paid by Tenant before its delinquency, or if a
tax, assessment, or public charge is contested by Tenant and that tax,
assessment, or public charge has not been paid within thirty (30) days after
a final determination of the validity, legality, or amount of the tax,
assessment or public charge, then Landlord may, but shall not be required to,
pay and discharge the tax, assessment, or public charge. If a tax,
assessment, or public charge, including penalties and interest, are paid by
Landlord, the amount of that payment shall be due and payable to Landlord by
Tenant with the next succeeding rental installment, and shall bear interest
at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of the payment by
Landlord until repayment by Tenant.
f. If any assessments for local improvements become a lien after
the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay only the installments of the
assessments that become due and payable during the Term. On the request of
Tenant, Landlord agrees to cooperate or join the Tenant in any application
that may be necessary to permit the payment of the assessments in
installments.
g. The covenant and agreements to pay taxes by Tenant in Section 9
shall not be deemed to include the payment of any inheritance, estate,
succession, transfer, gift, franchise, corporation, income, or profit tax, or
capital levy that is or may be imposed on Landlord. If any excepted taxes
become a lien against the Premises, Landlord agrees to pay and discharge them
before foreclosure of the lien or to take the steps analogous to those
permitted to Tenant under Section 9(d) to contest the taxes, so long as the
steps sufficiently protect Tenant's quiet enjoyment of the Premises. If
Landlord fails to pay and discharge those taxes prior to the institution of
proceedings to foreclose the lien, Tenant, at Tenant's sole option, may
advance the funds required to pay and discharge the taxes, together with all
penalties and
7
<PAGE>
interest, in which event the amount of funds so advanced shall be immediately
due and payable from Landlord to Tenant and shall bear interest at the rate
of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of payment by Tenant, until
repaid. Alternatively, Tenant may apply the amount advanced to the payment of
the next succeeding rental installment or installments otherwise payable to
Landlord until the advance, with interest, has been repaid to Tenant;
provided, however, that the rights of Tenant under Section 9(g) shall be
limited to those instances where the foreclosure or other enforcement of the
lien may disturb Tenant's possession and peaceful enjoyment of the Premises.
10. CONDITION OF PREMISES. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of
this Lease, Tenant has inspected the Premises and had such contractors,
consultants, engineers, architects, roofers, HVAC inspectors and other
persons, as Tenant so desires, inspect the Premises for Tenant. Based on
Tenant's own inspection, and the inspection of Tenant's inspectors,
consultants and experts, Tenant acknowledges that the improvements are in
good order, repair and condition. Landlord makes no representations regarding
the condition of the premises, which are leased "AS IS."
11. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.
a. Tenant shall keep in good order, condition and repair the
Premises and every part thereof, structural and non-structural, (whether or
not such portion of the Premises requiring repair or the means of repairing
same are reasonably or readily accessible to Tenant, and whether or not the
need for such repairs occurs as a result of Tenant's use, any prior use, the
elements or age of such portion of the Premises), including without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, all plumbing, heating, air conditioning
(Tenant shall procure at Tenant's expense, an air conditioning system
maintenance contract), ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities and
equipment within the Premises, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior,
foundations, ceilings, roofs (interior and exterior), floors, windows, doors,
plate glass and skylights located within the Premises, and all landscaping,
driveways, parking lots, fences and signs located on the Premises and the
sidewalks adjacent to the Premises.
b. Tenant shall, not less frequently than once each fifteen (15)
years of the Term and Extended Terms, resurface the parking lot. Tenant
shall, not less frequently than once every three (3) years of the Term and
Extended Terms, slurry coat and restripe the parking lot. Tenant shall, not
less frequently than once each ten (10) years of the Term and Extended Terms,
repaint the exterior of the building with the color scheme to be approved in
advance by Landlord, if different from existing color scheme.
c. If at any time during the Term, including renewals or
extensions, Tenant fails to maintain the Premises or make any repairs or
replacements as required by Section 11, Landlord may, on thirty (30) days'
prior written notice, unless repairs are deemed emergency or structural, but
shall not be required to, enter the Premises and perform the maintenance or
make the repairs or replacements for the account of Tenant; any sums expended
by Landlord in so doing, together with interest at ten percent (10%) per
annum, shall be deemed additional rent and shall be immediately due from
Tenant on demand of Landlord.
d. Tenant waives the provisions of Civil Code Sections 1941 and
1942 and any other law that would require Landlord to maintain the Premises
in a tenantable condition or would provide Tenant with the right to make
repairs and deduct the cost of those repairs from the rent.
8
<PAGE>
12. ALTERATIONS.
a. Tenant shall have the right to make alterations to the building
and improvements on the Premises, provided that, if the reasonably estimated
cost of alterations exceeds Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00), or involves
structural modifications, Landlord shall have the right to consent to the
alterations, and Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold approval of the
alterations. Approval, however, may be conditioned upon the receipt by
Landlord of a set of plans and specifications for the alterations no later
than twenty (20) days prior to the scheduled construction of the alterations,
and upon Tenant's agreement to restore the Premises, if Landlord requires it
at the end of the Term, to the same condition as before the alterations. All
improvements, additions, alterations, and major repairs shall be in
accordance with applicable laws and at Tenant's own expense. Tenant will
indemnify and defend Landlord for all liens, claims, or damages caused by
remodeling, improvements, additions, alterations, and major repairs. Landlord
agrees, when requested by Tenant, to execute and deliver any applications,
consents, or other instrument required to permit Tenant to do this work or to
obtain permits for the work.
b. Except as set forth in Section 12(a), all alterations and
improvements made to the Premises shall become the property of Landlord and
shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or
sooner termination of this Lease, including any renewals or extensions.
c. At least ten (10) days before any construction commences or
materials are delivered for any alterations that Tenant is making to the
Premises, whether or not Landlord's consent is required, Tenant shall give
written notice to Landlord as to when the construction is to commence or the
materials are to be delivered. Landlord shall then have the right to post and
maintain on the Premises any notices that are required to protect Landlord
and Landlord's interest in the Premises from any liens for work and labor
performed or materials furnished in making the alterations; provided,
however, that it shall be Tenant's duty to keep the Premises free and clear
of all liens, claims, and demands for work performed, materials furnished, or
operations conducted on the Premises at the request of Tenant.
d. Tenant will not at any time permit any mechanics', laborers', or
materialmen's liens to stand against the Premises for any labor or material
furnished to Tenant or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or Tenant's
agents, contractors, or subtenants, in connection with work of any character
performed or claimed to have been performed on the Premises by or at the
direction or sufferance of Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall have
the right to contest the validity or amount of any lien or claimed lien, upon
giving to Landlord a letter executed by Tenant assuring that the lien or
claimed lien will be paid, when and to the extent that the lien is finally
determined to be valid and owing. Tenant's right, however, to contest these
liens shall not extend beyond the point where Landlord's title to the
Premises could be lost. On final determination of the lien or claim of lien,
Tenant will immediately pay any final judgment rendered, with all property
costs and charges, and shall have the lien released or judgment satisfied at
Tenant's own expense. If Tenant fails to pay the judgment promptly or
otherwise fails to prevent any sale, foreclosure, or forfeiture of the
Premises because of a lien, Landlord shall have the right, upon five (5)
days' written notice to Tenant, to pay or prevent this action, and the amount
paid by Landlord shall be immediately due and payable to Landlord, and shall
bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of
payment by Landlord until repayment by Tenant.
13. ENTRY. Tenant shall permit Landlord or Landlord's agents,
representatives, or employees to enter the Premises at all reasonable times
and upon reasonable notice to inspect
9
<PAGE>
the Premises to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this
Lease, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or tenants,
and to do other lawful acts that may be necessary to protect Landlord's
interest in the Premises under this Lease or to perform Landlord's duties
under this Lease. Landlord may place "For Rent" signs during the last six (6)
months of any term.
14. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER.
a. On the Termination Date or the end of any extension or renewal
of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly surrender and deliver the Premises to
Landlord in as good condition as they are now at the date of this Lease,
reasonable wear and tear excepted.
b. At the end of the Term, or any extension, should Tenant hold
over for any reason, it is agreed that in the absence of a written agreement
to the contrary, that tenancy shall be from month-to-month only and not a
renewal of this Lease, nor an extension for any further term. Tenant shall
pay Minimum Monthly Rent in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%)
of the Minimum Monthly Rent payable immediately prior to the end of the Term
or any extension and the month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every
other term, covenant, and condition in this Lease that is consistent with and
not contrary to a month-to-month tenancy.
15. INDEMNITY. Tenant agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord from any
claims, demands, and causes of action of any nature and any expense incident
to the defense, for injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to
property occurring on or about the Premises that grow out of or are connected
with Tenant's use and occupation of the Premises or the condition of the
Premises, unless such claim arises as a result of Landlord's grossly
negligent or willful conduct during the Term.
Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for injury to
Tenant's business or any loss of income therefrom or for damages to the
goods, wares, merchandise, inventory, supplies or other property of Tenant,
Tenant's employees, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the
Premises, nor shall Landlord be liable for injury to Tenant's employees,
agents or contractors, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results
from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires,
appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any
other cause, whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising
upon the Premises or from other sources or places and regardless whether the
cause of such damage or injury or the means or repairing the same is
inaccessible to Tenant.
16. INSURANCE.
a. Tenant agrees at all times during the Term and during any
extension, to maintain in force, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, insurance
on the building and improvements that may be built or placed on the Premises,
against the hazard of fire, with all standard extended coverage, including
vandalism and malicious mischief, in an amount equal to their full insurable
value, with a replacement cost endorsement, including inflation guard
protection. The deductible shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence for which
Tenant shall be liable in the event of an insured loss. Tenant further agrees
that once every two (2) years during the Term and any extension, Tenant will
review with the insurance companies issuing the insurance the costs of
building, labor and materials, and other pertinent factors to determine
whether the stipulated value of the building and improvements stated in the
insurance is adequate. If the stipulated value is determined by the insurance
companies to be inadequate, Tenant agrees to immediately adjust the aggregate
amount of the insurance to the extent
10
<PAGE>
required to make the stipulated value adequate. Landlord agrees to cooperate
fully with Tenant in making this determination for stipulated value. Tenant
agrees to give prompt, written notification to Landlord as to the results of
these periodic determinations for stipulated value. In absence of
notification of an insurance review by Tenant by December 31 of every second
year of the Term and each Extended Term, Landlord may cause a review to be
completed. Tenant agrees that if the buildings and improvements on the
Premises are destroyed and the proceeds of the insurance policy and any
policy carried by Landlord amount to less than the cost of rebuilding the
buildings and improvements, Tenant will advance and pay any sum, which along
with the insurance proceeds, is necessary to meet the cost of rebuilding. No
work or repair or reconstruction shall be undertaken until Tenant has
delivered to Landlord plans and specifications for the work that are to be
prepared by a competent architect, Landlord approves them (which approval
will not be unreasonably withheld), and Tenant delivers to Landlord an
estimate of the cost of the work to be done in accordance with the plans; the
estimate is to be prepared by a competent contractor. If Tenant fails to
commence the rebuilding, reconstruction, repair, or restoration of any
building or improvement as required under this Lease, Landlord or any
beneficiary under any deed of trust covering the Premises, if permitted by
the deed of trust, may, but shall not be obligated to, enter the Premises and
do whatever may be necessary for the rebuilding, reconstruction, repair, or
restoration of any building or improvement as required of Tenant under the
terms of this Lease.
b. Tenant agrees to procure and maintain public liability
insurance, from a responsible insurance company authorized to do business in
California, with a combined single limit of not less than Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000.00) for injury or death to any person or damage to property and
at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) excess umbrella coverage for
injury or death or property damage, for any claims, demands, or causes of
action of any person arising out of accidents occurring on the Premises
during the Term or arising out of Tenant's use, occupancy or maintenance of
the Premises. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis with an
"Additional Insured--Managers or Lessors of Premises Endorsement" and contain
the "Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion Endorsement" for damage caused by
heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire.
c. Tenant shall, in addition, obtain and keep in force during the
Term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss
payable to Landlord and Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and
other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease for one (1) year
(including all real estate taxes, insurance costs, and any scheduled rental
increases). Said insurance shall provide that in the event the Lease is
terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such
coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or
replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year's loss of rental
revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an
agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount
of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental
income, property taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any,
otherwise payable by Tenant, for the next twelve (12) month period. Tenant
shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.
d. Each policy of insurance shall be issued by a responsible
insurance company authorized to do business in California, and shall be
issued in the names of Landlord, Tenant, and any beneficiary under any deed
of trust covering the Premises, if required by the deed of trust, as their
respective interests may appear. Tenant shall deliver a duplicate policy and
certificate for each insurance policy to Landlord with all relevant
endorsements. Each policy of insurance shall be primary and noncontributory
with any policies carried by Landlord and, to the extent obtainable, any loss
shall be payable notwithstanding any act or negligence of Landlord that might
otherwise result in forfeiture of insurance. Each insurance policy shall
11
<PAGE>
provide that a thirty (30) day notice of cancellation and of any material
modification of coverage shall be given to all named insureds. The insurance
coverage required under this Section may be carried by Tenant under a blanket
policy insuring other locations of Tenant's business, provided that the
Premises covered by this Lease are specifically identified as included under
that policy. Tenant agrees that upon the failure to insure as provided in
this Lease, or to pay the premiums in the insurance, Landlord may contract
for the insurance and pay the premiums, and all sums expended by Landlord for
the insurance shall be considered additional rent under this Lease and shall
be immediately repayable by Tenant.
e. The insurance companies issuing policies under this section shall
have a general policyholder's rating of at least "A" and a financial rating
of at least Class XIII as rated in the most current available BEST'S KEY
RATING GUIDE.
f. At all times during the Term and any extensions of renewals, Tenant
agrees to keep and maintain, or cause Tenant's agents, contractors, or
subcontractors to keep and maintain, workmen's compensation insurance and
other forms of insurance as may from time to time be required by law or may
otherwise be necessary to protect Landlord and the Premises from claims of
any person who may at any time work on the Premises, whether as a servant,
agent, or employee of Tenant or otherwise. This insurance shall be maintained
at the expense of Tenant or Tenant's agents, contractors, or subcontractors
and not at the expense of Landlord.
g. Landlord agrees that it will tender and turn over to Tenant or to
Tenant's insurers the defense of any claims, demands, or suits instituted,
made, or brought against Landlord or against Landlord and Tenant jointly,
within the scope of this Section. However, Landlord shall have the right to
approve the selection of legal counsel, to the extent that selection is
within Tenant's control, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. In addition, Landlord shall retain the right at Landlord's election
to have Landlord's own legal counsel participate as co-counsel, to the extent
that claims are made that may not be covered by Tenant's insurers.
h. Tenant and Landlord each release the other and waive the entire
right of recovery against the other for loss or damage arising out of or
incident to the perils insured against, which perils occur in, on, or about
the Premises, whether due to the negligence of Landlord or Tenant or their
agents, employees, contractors, or invitees. Tenant and Landlord shall, upon
obtaining the required policies of insurance, give notice to the insurance
carriers that this mutual waiver of subrogation is in this Lease.
17. TRADE FIXTURES.
a. Tenant shall have the right, at any time and from time to time
during the Term and any renewals or extensions, at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, to install and affix on the Premises items for use in Tenant's trade
or business, which Tenant, in Tenant's sole discretion, deems advisable
(collectively Trade Fixtures). Trade Fixtures installed in the Premises by
Tenant shall always remain the property of Tenant and may be removed at the
expiration of the Term or any extension, provided that any damage to the
Premises caused by the removal of the Trade Fixtures shall be repaired by
Tenant, and further provided that Landlord shall have the right to keep any
Trade Fixtures or to require Tenant to remove any Trade Fixtures that Tenant
might otherwise elect to abandon.
b. Any Trade Fixtures that are not removed from the Premises by
Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Termination Date shall be deemed
abandoned by Tenant and shall
12
<PAGE>
automatically become the property of Landlord as owner of the real property
to which they are affixed.
18. SIGNS. Tenant may maintain on the exterior of the Premises any
sign, awning, canopy, marquee or other advertising, provided that such sign,
awning, canopy, marquee or advertising complies with all applicable city and
county ordinances governing the placement of signs and advertising. Thirty
(30) days after the Termination Date, all of the items mentioned in this
section that are not removed from the Premises may, without damage or
liability, be destroyed by the Landlord.
19. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION.
a. If the building or other improvements constructed on the
Premises are damaged or destroyed, whether partially or entirely, from a risk
covered by insurance required by this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant's own cost and
expense, but utilizing the proceeds of insurance, if any, including any
insurance carried by Landlord to the extent available, shall repair, restore,
or reconstruct the damaged or destroyed building and other improvements so
that the condition and quality of the new building and other improvements
shall be as near as reasonably possible to the condition and quality
immediately prior to the damage or destruction. Damage to or destruction of
any portion of the building, fixtures, or other improvements on the Premises
by fire, the elements, or any other cause shall not terminate this Lease or
entitle Tenant to surrender the Premises or otherwise affect the respective
obligations of the parties, any present or future law to the contrary
notwithstanding.
b. If, during the Term or any Extended Term, the Premises are
totally or partially destroyed from a risk not covered by the insurance
required by this Lease, rendering the Premises totally or partially
inaccessible or unusable, Tenant shall restore the Premises to substantially
the same condition as they were in immediately before destruction. Such
destruction shall not terminate this Lease. If the existing laws do not
permit the restoration, either party can terminate this Lease immediately by
giving notice to the other party.
If the cost of restoration exceeds $50,000, Tenant can elect to
terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days
after determining the restoration cost. If Tenant elects to terminate this
Lease, Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receiving Tenant's notice to
terminate, can elect to pay to Tenant, at the time Landlord notifies Tenant
of its election, the difference between $50,000 and the actual cost of
restoration, in which case Tenant shall restore the Premises. On Landlord's
making its election to contribute, each party shall deposit immediately the
amount of its contribution with the insurance trustee provided for in
subparagraph d. If the destruction does not exceed $50,000, Tenant shall
immediately proceed with the restoration.
If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease and Landlord does not
elect to contribute toward the cost of restoration as provided in this
paragraph, this Lease shall terminate.
c. If, during the Term or any Extended Term, the Premises are
destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance required by this Lease, and the
total amount of loss does not exceed $100,000, Tenant shall make the loss
adjustment with the insurance company insuring the loss. The proceeds shall
be paid directly to Tenant for the sole purpose of making the restoration of
the Premises.
d. If, during the Term or any Extended Term, the Premises are
destroyed from a risk covered by the insurance required by this Lease, and
the total amount of loss exceeds
13
<PAGE>
$100,000, Tenant shall make the loss adjustment with the insurance company
insuring the loss and on receipt of the proceeds shall immediately pay them
to First American Title insurance Company or other mutually acceptable
stakeholder ("Insurance trustee").
If the Premises are destroyed from a risk not covered by the
insurance required by this Lease, and Tenant has the obligation to restore
the Premises, both parties shall deposit with the insurance trustee their
respective contributions toward the cost of restoration. All sums deposited
with the insurance trustee shall be held for the following purposes and the
insurance trustee shall have the following powers and duties:
The sums shall be paid in installments by the insurance trustee to
the contractor retained by Tenant as construction progresses, for payment of
the cost of restoration. A ten percent (10%) retention fund shall be
established that will be paid to the contractor on completion of restoration,
payment of all costs, expiration of all applicable lien periods, and proof
that the Premises are free of all mechanics' liens and lienable claims.
Payments shall be made on presentation of certificates or vouchers
from the architect or engineer retained by Tenant showing the amount due. If
the insurance trustee, in its reasonable discretion, determines that the
certificates or vouchers are being improperly approved by the architect or
engineer retained by Tenant, the insurance trustee shall have the right to
appoint an architect or an engineer to supervise construction and to make
payments on certificates or vouchers approved by the architect or engineer
retained by the insurance trustee. The reasonable expense and charges of the
architect or engineer retained by the insurance trustee shall be paid by the
insurance trustee out of the trust fund.
If the sums held by the insurance trustee are not sufficient to pay
the actual cost of restoration, Tenant shall deposit the amount of the
deficiency with the insurance trustee within ten (10) days after request by
the insurance trustee indicating the amount of the deficiency.
Any sums not disbursed by the insurance trustee after restoration
has been completed and final payment has been made to Tenant's contractor
shall be delivered within fifteen (15) days (after demand made by either
party on the insurance trustee, with a copy to Landlord's lender), by the
insurance trustee to Landlord's lender and shall be applied by Landlord's
lender to reduce the loan.
Any undisbursed funds after compliance with the provisions of this
paragraph shall be delivered to landlord to the extent of Landlord's
contribution to the fund, and the balance, if any, shall be paid to Tenant.
All actual costs and charges of the insurance trustee shall be paid
by Tenant.
If the insurance trustee resigns or for any reason is unwilling to
act or continue to act, Landlord shall substitute a new trustee in the place
of the designated insurance trustee. The new trustee must be an institutional
lender or title company doing business in the City of San Luis Obispo or the
City of Santa Maria, California.
Both parties shall promptly execute all documents and perform all
acts reasonably required by the insurance trustee to perform its obligation
under this paragraph.
e. If the Premises are damaged or destroyed in whole or in part,
Tenant shall proceed with diligence to have plans and specifications prepared
and obtain approval by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld, to commence rebuilding,
14
<PAGE>
reconstruction, or restoration as promptly as possible after the occurrence of
the event causing the damage or destruction, and thereafter to diligently
complete the work. If Tenant does not proceed with diligence and does not
diligently finish the work, Landlord or any beneficiary under any deed of
trust covering the Premises, if permitted by the deed of trust, may, but
shall not be obligated to, on thirty (30) days prior written notice, enter
the Premises and do whatever may be necessary for the rebuilding,
recordation, repair, or restoration of any building or improvements damaged
or destroyed.
(a) Regardless of any contrary provisions in this Lease, if
the building or other improvements to be constructed on the Premises or any
substitute are damaged or destroyed by any cause to the extent of more than
twenty-five percent (25%) of its insurable value during the last one (1) year
of the Term or any extension, Tenant may, at Tenant's sole option, terminate
this Lease within ninety (90) days of the damage or destruction by giving
written notice to Landlord. In the event of termination, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord all insurance proceeds, if any, received by Tenant as a result of
the damage or destruction to the extent allocable to the building or other
improvements owned by Landlord.
20. CONDEMNATION.
a. If, during the Term or any renewal or extension, the whole of
the Premises shall be taken pursuant to any condemnation proceeding, this
Lease shall terminate as of 12:01 a.m. of the date that actual physical
possession of the Premises is taken, and after that, both Landlord and Tenant
shall be released from all obligations under this Lease.
b. If, during the Term or any renewal or extension, only a part of
the Premises is taken pursuant to any condemnation proceeding and the
remaining portion is not suitable or adequate for the purposes for which
Tenant was using the Premises prior to the taking, or if by reason of any law
or ordinance the use of the Premises for the purposes specified in this Lease
shall become unlawful, then and after the taking or after the occurrence of
other described events, Tenant shall have the option to terminate, and the
option can be exercised only after the taking or after the occurrence of
other described events by Tenant giving ten (10) days' written notice to
Landlord, and rent shall be paid only to the time when Tenant surrenders
possession of the Premises. Without limiting the generality of the previous
provision, it is agreed that in the event of a partial taking of the Premises
pursuant to any condemnation proceeding, if the number of square feet of
floor area in the portion of the buildings located on the Premises remaining
after the taking is less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the number of
square feet of floor area at the commencement of the Term, Tenant shall,
after the taking, have the option to terminate this Lease on ten (10) days'
written notice to Landlord, and rent shall be paid only to the time when
Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.
c. If only a part of the Premises is taken pursuant to any
condemnation proceeding under circumstances that Tenant does not have the
option to terminate this Lease as provided in this Section, or having the
option to terminate, Tenant elects not to terminate, then Landlord shall at
Landlord's expense promptly proceed to restore the remainder of the Premises
to a self-contained architectural unit, and the Minimum Monthly Rent payable
shall be reduced effective the date of the taking to an amount that shall be
in the same proportion to Minimum Monthly Rent payable prior to the taking,
as the number of square feet of floor area remaining after the taking bears
to the number of square feet of floor area immediately prior to the taking.
d. If the whole or any part of the Premises are taken pursuant to
any condemnation proceeding, then Landlord shall be entitled to the entirety
of any condemnation award except (1) that portion allocable to Tenant's
unsalvageable trade fixtures, or if Tenant
15
<PAGE>
elects to remove Tenant's trade fixtures, a sum for the reasonable removal
and relocation costs not to exceed the undepreciated value of such fixtures
as reflected in Tenant's most recent federal income tax return; (2) Tenant's
relocation costs; (3) Tenant's loss of goodwill excluding any "bonus value"
based on the actual rent reserved under the Lease to its fair rental value as
of the date of condemnation; and (4) the undepreciated percentage of the
lesser of (a) actual cost of the tenant improvements completed at the
inception of this Lease, or (b) the increase in value of Landlord's Premises
as a result of Tenant's tenant improvements. As an example of subparagraph
(4), if Tenant has invested $100,000 in tenant improvements and has
depreciated 50% of those improvements, and the value of the Premises has been
increased by $50,000 as a result of Tenant's improvements; then Tenant would
be entitled to 50% times $50,000 (the lesser of the increase in value of the
Premises or cost of tenant improvements) as and for its portion of a
condemnation award. The value of Tenant's tenant improvements in the Premises
shall be determined as of the date of the condemnation award.
e. In the event the adjoining property to the Premises on which
Tenant has constructed a parking lot is condemned in its entirety, then
Tenant, at Tenant's election, may terminate this Lease upon paying Landlord
twelve (12) monthly rental payments at the then current Minimum Monthly Rent,
in advance, concurrently with the delivery of a 30-day notice terminating the
Lease.
21. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
a. Except as provided in Section 21(b), Tenant shall not assign
this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld, provided that subsequent to any assignment Tenant
shall remain primarily liable for the rental to be paid under this Lease and
the performance of all terms and conditions of this Lease. In evaluating
whether or not to provide consent to a proposed assignment or sublease,
Tenant, at a minimum, shall provide to Landlord a copy of the proposed
assignment or sublease, a current financial statement from the proposed
subtenant/assignee, a statement of intended use by the proposed assignee/
subtenant, and such other information as may be reasonably requested by
Landlord in evaluating the proposed assignment or sublease. Landlord shall be
entitled to condition his consent on the agreement of Tenant to share equally
any increase in rent over the rent stated in this Lease for the duration of
the proposed assignment or sublease.
b. However, Tenant may assign this Lease without Landlord's
written consent if the assignment is made
(i) to a successor corporation into which or with which Tenant is
merged or consolidated in accordance with applicable statutory provisions
for the merger or consolidation of corporations,
(ii) to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant, or
(iii) to a corporation to which Tenant shall sell all or
substantially all of Tenant's assets; and the liabilities of the
corporations participating in the merger or consolidation or of the
transferor corporation must be assumed by the corporation surviving the
merger or created by the consolidation or by the transferee corporation,
in the event of a transfer to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a sale of all
or substantially all assets, and that corporation (except in the case of
a wholly-owned subsidiary) must have a net worth at least equal to the
net worth of Tenant at the time of execution of this Lease. Upon
delivery to Landlord, by a successor corporation to which this Lease is
assigned or transferred, of the agreement of the corporation to be bound
by the terms, covenants,
16
<PAGE>
and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant after the date
of the assignment or transfer and documentation satisfactory to Landlord
demonstrating net worth and operation income, Tenant shall be released and
discharged from all obligations later arising under this Lease, except
where the transfer is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenant.
c. In the event Tenant shall assign or sublet the Premises or
request the consent of Landlord to any assignment or subletting, or if Tenant
shall request the consent of Landlord for any act Tenant proposes to do, then
Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees and consultants' fees
in connection with evaluating such requests and/or proposed sublease or
assignment.
22. DEFAULT. Any of the following events or occurrences shall constitute
a material breach of this Lease by Tenant and, after the expiration of any
applicable grace period, shall constitute an event of default (each an Event
of Default):
a. The failure by Tenant to pay any amount in full when it is due
under the Lease;
b. The failure by Tenant to perform any obligation under this
Lease, which by its nature Tenant has no capacity to cure;
c. The failure by Tenant to perform any other non-monetary
obligation under this Lease, if the failure has continued for a period of
thirty (30) days after Landlord demands in writing that Tenant cure the
failure. If, however, by its nature the failure cannot be cured within thirty
(30) days, Tenant may have a longer period as is necessary to cure the
failure, but this is conditioned upon Tenant's promptly commencing to cure
within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently completing the
cure. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord against any liability,
claim, damage, loss or penalty that may be threatened or may in fact arise
from that failure during the period the failure is uncured;
d. Any of the following: A general assignment by Tenant for the
benefit of Tenant's creditors; any voluntary filing, petition, or application
by Tenant under any law relating to insolvency or bankruptcy, whether for a
declaration of bankruptcy, a reorganization, an arrangement, or otherwise;
the abandonment, vacation, or surrender of the Premises by Tenant without
Landlord's prior written consent; or the dispossession of Tenant from the
Premises (other than by Landlord) by process of law or otherwise;
e. The appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of
all or substantially all of Tenant's assets; or the attachment, execution or
other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant's assets located
at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, unless the appointment
or attachment, execution, or seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days;
or the involuntary filing against Tenant, or any general partner of Tenant if
Tenant is a partnership, of
(i) a petition to have Tenant, or any partner of Tenant if Tenant is
a partnership, declared bankrupt, or
(ii) a petition for reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under any
law relating to insolvency or bankruptcy, unless, in the case of any
involuntary filing, it is dismissed within sixty (60) days;
17
<PAGE>
f. The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.
23. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord, in
addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord at law or in
equity, shall have the right to
a. terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant under this Lease
by giving Tenant written notice that this Lease is terminated, in which case
Landlord may recover from Tenant the aggregate sum of
(i) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent that had been
earned at the time of termination;
(ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which (A) the
unpaid rent that would have been earned after termination until the time
of award exceeds (B) the amount of the rental loss, if any, as Tenant
affirmatively proves could have been reasonably avoided;
(iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which (A) the
unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds
(B) the amount of rental loss, if any, as Tenant affirmatively proves
could be reasonably avoided;
(iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the
detriment caused by Tenant's failure to perform Tenant's obligations or
that, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result from
Tenant's failure; and
(v) all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of those previously
set out as may be permitted from time to time by applicable California
law.
As used in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 23(a), the worth at the time
of award is computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%)
per annum. As used in clause (iii) of Section 23(a), the worth at the time of
award is computed by discounting that amount at the discount rate of the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent
(1%). As used in this Section, the term rent shall include Minimum Monthly
Rent and any other payments required by Tenant under this Lease.
b. continue this Lease, and from time to time, without terminating
this Lease either
(i) recover all rent and other amounts payable as they become due or
(ii) relet the Premises or any part on behalf of Tenant on terms and
at the rent that Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion, may deem
advisable, all with the right to make alterations and repairs to the
Premises, at Tenant's cost, and apply the proceeds of reletting to the
rent and other amounts payable by Tenant. To the extent that the rent and
other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease exceed the amount of
the proceeds from reletting, the Landlord may recover the excess from
Tenant as and when due.
c. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall also
have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the
Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises. Landlord may
store the property removed from the Premises in a public warehouse or
elsewhere at the expense and for the account of Tenant.
18
<PAGE>
d. None of the following remedial actions, alone or in combination,
shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless
Landlord has in fact given Tenant written notice that this Lease is
terminated or unless a court of competent jurisdiction decrees termination of
this Lease: any act by Landlord to maintain or preserve the Premises; any
efforts by Landlord to relet the Premises; any re-entry, repossession, or
reletting of the Premises; or any re-entry, repossession, or reletting of the
Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section. If Landlord takes any of the
previous remedial actions without terminating this Lease, Landlord may
nevertheless at any later time terminate this Lease by written notice to
Tenant.
e. If Landlord relets the Premises, Landlord shall apply the
revenue from the reletting as follows: first, to the payment of any
indebtedness other than rent due from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the
payment of any cost of reletting, including without limitation finder's fees
and leasing commissions; third, to the payment of the cost of any maintenance
and repairs to the Premises; and fourth, to the payment of rent and other
amounts due and unpaid under this Lease. Landlord shall hold and apply the
residue, if any, to payment of future amounts payable under this Lease as the
same may become due, and shall be entitled to retain the eventual balance
with no liability to Tenant. If the revenue from reletting during any month,
after application pursuant to the previous provisions, is less than the sum
of (i) Landlord's expenditures for the Premises during that month and (ii)
the amounts due from Tenant during that month, Tenant shall pay the
deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand.
f. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord, in
addition to or in lieu of exercising other remedies, may, but without any
obligation to do so, cure the breach underlying the Event of Default for the
account and at the expense of Tenant. However, Landlord must by prior notice
first allow Tenant a reasonable opportunity to cure, except in cases of
emergency, where Landlord may proceed without prior notice to Tenant. Tenant
shall, upon demand, immediately reimburse Landlord for all costs, including
costs of settlements, defense, court costs, and attorney fees, that Landlord
may incur in the course of any cure.
g. No security or guaranty for the performance of Tenant's
obligations that Landlord may now or later hold shall in any way constitute a
bar or defense to any action initiated by Landlord for unlawful detainer or
for the recovery of the Premises, for enforcement of any obligation of
Tenant, or for the recovery of damages caused by a breach of this Lease by
Tenant or by an Event of Default.
h. Except where this is inconsistent with or contrary to any
provisions of this Lease, no right or remedy conferred upon or reserved to
either party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, or any
right or remedy given or now or later existing at law or in equity or by
statute. Except to the extent that either party may have otherwise agreed in
writing, no waiver by a party of any violation or nonperformance by the other
party of any obligations, agreements, or covenants under this Lease shall be
deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent violation or nonperformance of the
same or any other covenant, agreement, or obligation, nor shall any
forbearance by either party to exercise a remedy for any violation or
nonperformance by the other party be deemed a waiver by that party of the
rights or remedies with respect to that violation or nonperformance.
24. LATE CHARGE. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant's failure to pay any
installment of the Minimum Monthly Rent, or any other amounts due under this
Lease as and when due may cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by
Landlord when entering into this Lease, the exact nature and amount of which
would be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Accordingly, if
any installment of the Minimum Monthly Rent or any other amount due under the
Lease is not received by Landlord as and when due, then, without any notice
to Tenant, Tenant
19
<PAGE>
shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to six percent (6%) of the past due
amount, which the parties agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of
the costs incurred by Landlord as a result of the late payment by Tenant.
25. DEFAULT INTEREST. If Tenant fails to pay any amount due under this
Lease as and when due, that amount shall bear interest at the maximum rate
then allowable by law from the due date until paid.
26. WAIVER OF BREACH. Any express or implied waiver of a breach of any
term of this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of any further breach of the
same or other term of this Lease; and the acceptance of rent shall not
constitute a waiver of any breach of any term of this Lease, except as to the
payment of rent accepted.
27. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. At any time, with at least fifteen (15)
days' prior notice by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver
to Landlord a certificate certifying:
a. the Commencement Date and the Term,
b. the amount of the Minimum Monthly Rent,
c. the dates to which rent and other charges have been paid,
d. that this Lease is unmodified and in full force or, if there
have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force, as modified, and
stating the date and nature of each modification,
e. that no notice has been received by Tenant of any default by
Tenant that has not been cured, except, if any exist, those defaults must be
specified in the certificate, and Tenant must certify that no event has
occurred that, but for the expiration of the applicable time period or the
giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this
Lease,
f. that no default of Landlord is claimed by Tenant, except, if
any, those defaults must be specified in the certificate, and
g. other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.
An estoppel certificate requested pursuant to this section may be relied
on by prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or beneficiaries under any deed of
trust on the Premises or any part of it.
28. ATTORNEY FEES. If any action at law or in equity is brought to
recover any rent or other sums under this Lease, or for or on account of any
breach of or to enforce or interpret any of the covenants, terms, or
conditions of this Lease, or for the recovery of the possession of the
Premises, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other
party as part of prevailing party's costs reasonable attorney fees, the
amount of which shall be fixed by the court and shall be made a part of any
judgment rendered.
29. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITIONS. If a Hazardous Substance condition
occurs, unless Tenant is legally responsible therefor (in which case Tenant
shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by applicable
law and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to
Landlord's rights under this Paragraph 29), Landlord may, at Landlord's
option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance
condition, if required, as
20
<PAGE>
soon as reasonably possible at Landlord's expense, in which event this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to
investigate and remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then
monthly base rent or $50,0000, whichever is greater, give written notice to
Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of knowledge of the
occurrence of such Hazardous Substance condition of Landlord's desire to
terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the giving of
such notice. In the event Landlord elects to give such notice of Landlord's
intention to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right within the
(10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written notice to Landlord
of Tenant's commitment to pay for the investigation and remediation of such
Hazardous Substance condition totally at Tenant's expense and without
reimbursement from Landlord except to the extent of an amount equal to twelve
(12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $50,000, whichever is greater.
Tenant shall provide Landlord with the funds required of Tenant or
satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following Tenant's
said commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such investigation and remediation
as soon as reasonably possible and the required funds are available. If
Tenant does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance
thereof within the times specified above, this Lease shall terminate as of
the date specified in Landlord's notice of termination. If a Hazardous
Substance condition occurs for which Tenant is not legally responsible, there
shall be abatement of Tenant's obligations under this Lease for a period of
not to exceed twelve (12) months while Landlord remediates the condition.
30. SECURITY DEPOSIT. On execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit
with Landlord $5,395.00 as a security deposit for the performance by Tenant
of the provisions of this Lease. If Tenant is in default, Landlord can use
the security deposit, or any portion of it, to cure the default or to
compensate Landlord for all damage sustained by Landlord resulting from
Tenant's default. Tenant shall immediately on demand pay to Landlord a sum
equal to the portion of the security deposit expended or applied by Landlord
as provided in this paragraph so as to maintain the security deposit in the
sum initially deposited with Landlord. If Tenant is not in default at the
expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return the security
deposit to Tenant. Landlord's obligations with respect to the security
deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord can maintain the
security deposit separate and apart from Landlord's general funds or can
commingle the security deposit with Landlord's general and other funds.
Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the security deposit.
31. WARRANTY OF AUTHORITY. The undersigned warrant and represent to
Landlord that they are duly authorized corporate officers of Tenant, and that
they are acting within the scope of their authority to bind Tenant to the
provisions in this Lease without any further action, approval or consent of
the Board of Directors of Tenant.
32. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication pursuant to this Lease
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be properly given if delivered,
mailed, or sent by wire, facsimile transmission or other telegraphic
communication in the manner provided in this paragraph, to the following
persons:
Heritage Oaks Bank
545 12th Street
Paso Robles, CA
FAX: (805)239-5204
(805)239-5200 - phone
21
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.1
Richard C. Blake
5 Alta Mira Lane
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805) 597-7517 (work phone)
Either party may change the party's address for these purposes by
giving written notice of the change to the other party in the manner provided
in this section. If sent by mail, any notice, delivery, or other
communication shall be effective or deemed to have been given forty-eight
(48) hours after it has been deposited in the United States mail, duly
registered or certified, with postage prepaid, and addressed as set forth
above. Notices sent by wire, telegraph or facsimile transmission shall be
deemed received on the next business day after transmission. Facsimile
machines used for tax notice must generate a "Transmission Record" stating
the telephone number of the receiving fax, number of pages sent out, date and
time of transmission and indication of any transmission errors.
33. HEIRS AND SUCCESSORS. This Lease shall be binding on and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns of Landlord and Tenant.
34. PARTIAL INVALIDITY. Should any provision of this Lease be held by
a court of competent jurisdiction to be either invalid or unenforceable, the
remaining provisions of this Lease shall remain in effect, unimpaired by the
holding.
35. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This instrument constitutes the sole agreement
between Landlord and Tenant respecting the Premises, the leasing of the
Premises to Tenant, and the specified lease term, and correctly sets forth
the obligations of Landlord and Tenant. Any agreement or representations
respecting the Premises or their leasing by Landlord to Tenant not expressly
set forth in this instrument are void.
36. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence in this Lease.
37. RENT. All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the
Lease, including but not limited to the Minimum Monthly Rent, tax
reimbursements and insurance reimbursements, shall be deemed rent.
38. AMENDMENTS. This Lease may be modified only in writing and only if
signed by the parties at the time of the modification.
39. SUBORDINATION.
a. This Lease shall be subordinate to any ground
lease,mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation for security now or
later placed upon the Premises and to any advances made on the security of it
or Landlord's interest in it, and to all renewals, modifications,
consolidations, replacements, and extensions of it. However, if any
mortgagee, trustee, or ground Landlord elects to have this Lease prior to the
lien of its mortgage or deed of trust or prior to its ground lease, and gives
notice of that to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to the mortgage,
deed of trust, or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated prior or
subsequent to the date of the mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, or
the date of recording of it. If any mortgage or deed of trust to which this
Lease is subordinate is foreclosed or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is given
to the mortgagee or beneficiary, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at the
foreclosure sale or to the grantee under the deed in lieu of foreclosure. If
any ground lease to which this Lease is subordinate is terminated, Tenant
shall attorn to the ground lessor. Tenant agrees to execute any documents, in
form and substance reasonably acceptable to Tenant,
22
<PAGE>
required to for the subordination, to make this Lease prior to the lien of
any mortgage or deed of trust or ground lease, or to evidence the attornment.
b. If any mortgage or deed of trust to which this Lease is
subordinate is foreclosed or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is given to the
mortgagee or beneficiary, or if any ground lease to which this Lease is
subordinate is terminated, this Lease shall not be barred, terminated, cut
off, or foreclosed. Neither shall the rights and possession of Tenant under
this Lease be disturbed, if Tenant is not then in default in the payment of
rental and other sums due under this Lease or otherwise in default under the
terms of this Lease, and if Tenant attorns to the purchaser, grantee, or
ground lessor as provided in Section 38(a) or, if requested, enters into a
new lease for the balance of the term of this Lease on the same terms and
provisions in this Lease. Tenant's covenant under Section 38(a) to
subordinate this Lease to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other
hypothecation later executed is conditioned on each senior instrument
containing the commitments specified in this subsection.
40. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. If Landlord determines to sell the
Premises, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the terms on which Landlord will be
willing to sell.
If Tenant, within ten (10) business days after receipt of
Landlord's notice, indicates in writing its agreement to purchase the
Premises on the terms stated in Landlord's notice, Landlord shall sell and
convey the Premises to Tenant on the terms stated in the notice. If Tenant
does not indicate its agreement within ten (10) business days, Landlord
thereafter shall have the right to sell and convey the Premises to a third
party on the same terms stated in the notice. If Landlord does not sell and
convey the Premises within one hundred eighty (180) days, any further
transaction shall be deemed a new determination by Landlord to sell and
convey the Premises and the provisions of this paragraph shall be applicable.
If Tenant purchases the Premises, this Lease shall terminate on
the date title vests in Tenant, and Landlord shall remit to Tenant all
prepaid and unearned rent.
Tenant's right of first refusal shall not apply to a transfer
between any of those persons who constitute Landlord and the blood relatives
of any of those persons, either outright or in trust, or to a legal entity
(i.e., partnership, corporation, trust, or like entity) when the majority
interest is owned by all or some of those persons who constitute Landlord.
41. MERGER. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant,
or a mutual cancellation of the Lease, or a termination by Landlord, shall
not work a merger, and shall, at the option of the Landlord, terminate all or
any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an
assignment to a Landlord of any of the subtenancies.
42. LANDLORD'S ENTRY. Any time that Landlord is entitled to enter the
Premises under the terms of this Lease, such entry shall be on a minimum of
twenty-four (24) hours' prior notice. Landlord shall not maintain a key to
the Premises, except that during the last six (6) months of the Term or any
Extended Term of this Lease, Tenant shall allow prospective tenants or
purchasers, agents, contractors, consultants to inspect and have reasonable
access to the Premises to evaluate the Premises for rental or purchase on all
business days and one day per weekend between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m. If Tenant fails to provide such access, Tenant shall provided a key to
Landlord.
23
<PAGE>
43. GOVERNING LAW. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with California law.
The parties have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.
TENANT: LANDLORD:
HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE] /s/ Richard C. Blake
---------------------------- ------------------------------
President Richard C. Blake
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
----------------------------
Chief Financial Officer
24
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT "A"
Parcel A of Parcel Map No. 5195, in the City of Santa Maria, County of
Santa Barbara, State of California, as per Map recorded in Book 17, Page 29
of Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of said County; subject
to all matters shown of record.
25
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICE AGREEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT is made this ___day of ________, 199___, by and between
Heritage Oaks Bank ("the Financial Institution" or "FI") and Online Resources
& Communications Corporation ("Online Resources").
RECITALS:
A. Online Resources has developed and operates a system which enables
consumer and small business customers of financial institutions to
initiate banking, bill paying, and certain other financial services
through the use of proprietary technology links consumers to their
financial institution and which presents certain information through
remote consumer devices such as personal computers and screen-based and
standard telephones.
B. FI desires to retain Online Resources for the purpose of providing
financial services on behalf of FI for the benefit of FI's customers.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants
and agreements herein contained, the parties, intending to be bound, mutually
agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective
meanings set forth below:
"Agreement" shall mean this Agreement and all Exhibits attached
hereto, as such Agreement and attached Service Description and any of
such Exhibits shall be amended from time to time.
"ATM Network" shall mean the electronic banking network which provides
its member FIs with telecommunications, card and PIN authorization and
data base support, links to networks providing similar functions, and
consolidates the processing and settlement of transactions.
"Bank Service" shall mean the combination of account accessibility,
fund transfers, account balance inquiry, and transaction summary
services exclusive of bill payments described in Exhibit B hereof.
"Billable Account" shall mean a primary bill payment DDA account tied
to a single bill payment "merchant list" for the Online$Link Service;
or primary DDA account for the Banking Service excluding Bill Payment.
"Bill Payment Services" shall the bill payment services described in
Exhibit B hereof.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
<PAGE>
"Customer" shall mean an individual or small business depositor of FI
maintaining a DDA account.
"Customer Services" shall remain the services provided to Users as
summarized in the Service Description, Exhibit B which are the
responsibility of FI to provide.
"Designated Online$Link Services" shall mean the Online$Link Services
selected in Exhibit A and described in Exhibit B.
"DDA Account" shall mean a demand deposit account.
"Functional Requirements Document" shall mean the written document
that Online Resources produces to identify the systems and service
features to be included in the FI's offering; and any special
processing features required by the FI, its processor, or any EFT
network that will be involved in the transmission or processing of the
transactions.
"Online$Link Services" shall mean any combination of services
including enabling devices, Access$Link, FI&Link, Content$Link and
Integrated Support Software and Services that are provided to FI's
Users through a link to Online$Link Services.
"Password" shall mean the personal identification code assigned to
each User and authorized by Online Resources to enable such User to
access and receive services delivered through the electronic banking
network including those delivered under the Online$Link System.
"PC Browser-Based Application" shall mean the commercially available
application software that can be used for the purpose of enabling
Users to access the Online$Link System via the Internet or Extranet
and receive Online$Link Services.
"Pilot" shall mean the period following system implementation during
which the FI fully tests the service and finalizes the processes,
procedures, employee training, and marketing programs prior to making
the service generally available to Customers.
"PIN" shall mean the personal identification number assigned to each
User and authorized by the ATM network to enable such User to access
and receive services delivered through the electronic banking network
including those delivered under the Online$Link System.
"Prime Rate" shall mean the base rate for corporate loans posted by at
least 75% of the nation's 30 largest FIs as published in THE WALL
STREET JOURNAL.
"User" shall mean a "Customer" who has accessed the Online$Link System
through, PC Browser-Based Applications and uses his assigned PIN or
Password to access the Designated Online$Link Services.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP
2.1 ONLINE RESOURCES' RESPONSIBILITIES
Online Resources agrees to be solely responsible for providing the
Designated Online$Link Services to FI for the benefit of its Users.
The services are set forth in Exhibit A, described in Exhibit B and are
subject to the prices set forth in Exhibit C. For items not defined in
Exhibit C, Online's then current pricelist will apply.
2.2 FI RESPONSIBILITIES
FI agrees to complete a pre-installation questionnaire within 15 days of
receipt of such questionnaire from Online Resources.
FI is further responsible for:
a. Assigning a product manager to this service;
b. Ensuring that FI sales and other personnel understand the
features and functions of the services, and have an
opportunity to participate in FI's pilot programs.
FI agrees to actively market the Designated Online$Link Service either
independently or by participating in one of Online Resources' consumer
marketing programs. At a minimum, this includes communicating the
product and service features and benefits to the consumer market through
regular branch merchandising and Customer communications.
3. GRANT OF LICENSES
3.1 SERVICE MARKS AND TRADEMARKS
While this Agreement is in effect, Online Resources grants to FI a
non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use all Online
Resources' service marks and trademarks in connection with marketing the
Online$Link Service and in providing Customer Service to Users.
3.2 MARKETING RIGHTS
While this Agreement is in effect, Online Resources grants to FI a
non-assignable, non-transferable right to market and distribute the
Designated Online$Link Service to Customers.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
<PAGE>
Notwithstanding such license, Online Resources reserves the right to
offer non-banking electronic services through the Online$Link System to
Users upon prior written approval of FI, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
4. REPRESENTATIONS,WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF ONLINE RESOURCES
In order to induce FI to execute this Agreement, Online Resources
represents, warrants, and covenants (in addition to any other covenants
contained herein) to FI as follows:
4.1 REQUIREMENT
Online Resources will comply with all network and processor and
other requirements and procedures so as to provide the Online$Link
Services to Users.
4.2 FI SERVICE MARKS AND TRADEMARKS
Online Resources will not use any of FI's service marks and trademarks
except for the purpose of identifying the Designated Online$Link
Services to Users.
4.3 ADVERTISING, MESSAGING, AND PRODUCT INFORMATION
Online Resources reserves the right to advertise to targeted groups of
Users based on an internal analysis of its database with the prior
written approval of FI, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
Online Resources agrees it will not disclose User Information including
confidential bill payment data and User lists to any third party, unless
requested by the User.
4.4 RESEARCH
Online Resources reserves the right to conduct User research as required
through the Online$Link System or internal research group, or through
independent third parties.
4.5 CONFIDENTIALITY
Online Resources will maintain the confidentiality of the FI's trade
secrets, know-how, procedures, or manuals of which Online Resources
acquires knowledge during the term of this Agreement (FI's Confidential
Information). Online Resources agrees not to disclose, publish,
divulge, or reveal any of the FI's Confidential Information unless
required by lawful subpoena. Online Resources shall also maintain the
confidentiality of the Users and their account
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Online Resources shall have
the right to compile information regarding Users' use of the Online$Link
Service, and make such marketing information available for sale,
provided such information is not specific to any Users or FI.
4.6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Online Resources represents and warrants that it has the exclusive
right, title, and interest in and to the Online$Link Service and the
Online$Link System, and each component thereof, and that distribution of
the Online$Link Services and/or the Online$Link System, or any portion
thereof, to FI as provided herein, is not subject to or violative of any
right, title, or interest of any third party to third parties in and to
the Online$Link Service and/or the Online$Link System.
4.7 YEAR 2000 CERTIFICATION
Online Resources' Year 2000 readiness approach and plans are developed
in full accordance with guidelines provided to the industry by the
FFIEC. The company is presently pursuing full compliance for Year 2000
issues in accordance with the FFIEC milestones.
5. COVENANTS OF FI
In order to induce Online Resources to execute the Agreement, and in
addition to any other covenants contained herein, the FI covenants with
Online Resources as follows:
5.1 REQUIREMENTS
FI will continue to comply with all network and processor and other
requirements and procedures, and remain responsible for network and
processor transaction fees.
5.2 DISCLOSURES
FI will provide Users with all disclosures required under the Electronic
Funds Transfer Act and shall cooperate with Online Resources to develop
resolution procedures mandated under federal and state banking and
consumer protection laws.
5.3 CONFIDENTIALITY
FI will maintain the confidentiality of any of Online Resources' trade
secrets, know-how, procedures, or manuals of which FI acquires knowledge
during the term of this Agreement ("Online Resources Confidential
Information"). FI agrees not to disclose, publish, divulge, or
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
reveal any of such Online Resources Confidential Information unless
required by a lawful subpoena.
5.4 NOTICE AND CORRECTION OF MALFUNCTIONS
FI shall promptly notify Online Resources of any acts or conditions
which cause the Online$Link System to malfunction or which adversely
impact the ability of Online Resources to provide the Designated
Online$Link Services. FI agrees to promptly correct any malfunction or
such other act or condition and to take whatever action is reasonably
required to prevent the same from recurring.
6. DEFAULT
6.1 EVENT OF DEFAULT
An Event of Default shall have occurred if (a) a party hereto shall
breach any covenant contained in this Agreement and shall have failed to
cure such breach within the greater of (i) 20 business days or (ii) such
reasonable length of time required to cure such breach, provided such
party is diligently pursuing a cure, in both cases after having received
notice from the non-breaching party of the breach; (b) a party hereto
shall (i) become subject to any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
under a Federal or state statute, (ii) become insolvent or subject to
direct control by a trustee, receiver or similar authority or (iii) has
wound up or liquidated, voluntarily or otherwise.
6.2 RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT
If an Event of Default occurs on the part of a party hereunder, the
other party shall have the right within 60 days following the occurrence
of the Event of Default to terminate this Agreement upon written to the
other party.
7. TERM
7.1 INITIAL TERM
The initial term of this Agreement shall expire two years from the date
of the signing of this Agreement.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 RENEWALS
The Agreement shall automatically renew for successive two-year terms
unless notice of termination is provided by FI or Online no less than 90
days preceding the expiration of any term. Renewal pricing will be
provided to FI 120 days prior to automatic renewal date.
7.3 RIGHTS OF TERMINATION
Following termination of this Agreement, either at the end of any term
or as a result of an Event of Default on the part of Online Resources,
Online Resources shall provide FI in machine-readable format the
following files as applicable:
a. User Files: A list of all Users;
b. Merchant Link Files: A list of all merchants paid by each User
including merchant account numbers and addresses; and
c. Transaction Schedules: A list of all payments and transfers
scheduled by Users following termination.
7.4 EARLY TERMINATION
Termination of this Agreement by FI prior to expiration will cause FI to
pay Online Resources a penalty fee equivalent to the cumulative fees
that are charged to the FI per month, independent of usage or billable
accounts, as set forth in Exhibit C for the remaining term of the
Agreement or three months, whichever is greater. FI must notify Online
Resources in writing within 30 days of its intent to terminate. The
early termination fee is payable in full within 30 days of early
termination of this Agreement.
8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 NOTICE
Any notice to be given hereunder shall be delivered by hand, including
by messenger or overnight courier, or sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows or as designated,
in writing, by any party hereto. If to Online Resources:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Online Resources & Communications Corporation
7600 Colshire Drive, 6th Floor
McLean, VA 22102
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
with a copy to:
Michaels & Wishner, P.C.
1140 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 900
Washington, D.C. 20036
Attn: Mark J. Wishner, Esq.
If to FI:
Heritage Oaks Bank
545 12th Street
Paso Robles, California 93446
Attn: Larry Ward
with a copy to:
Angela Mitchell
Heritage Oaks Bank
8.2 ASSIGNMENT
FI may not assign any of its interests in, rights, or obligations under
this Agreement without the prior written consent of Online Resources,
except that any FI which acquires, mergers, combines, or consolidates
with FI should automatically succeed to all the rights and obligations
of FI under this Agreement. Online Resources may not assign its rights
or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of
FI, provided, however, such consent shall not be required in connection
with the acquisition of Online Resources' business. In all cases
hereunder, consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
In the event the FI is acquired, merged, combined, or consolidated with
a financial institution wishing to offer the Designated Online$Link
Services to Customers whose account access requires a separate technical
implementation, the succeeding institution will pay an additional system
set-up fee. That fee will be negotiated between Online Resources and
the succeeding Financial Institution.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3 ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the parties relating to
the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior
correspondence, conversation, memorandum and agreements between the
parties.
8.4 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
This Agreement shall bind the successors and assigns of the parties
hereto and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns
thereof.
8.5 FORCE MAJEURE
No party shall be liable or held in breach of this Agreement if
prevented, hindered, or delayed in the performance or observance of any
provision hereof by reason of any act of God, strike, lockout, riot,
acts of war, epidemics, government actions, or regulation imposed after
the date hereof, judicial order, or other cause beyond such party's
reasonable control. Both parties agree that, once executed by both
parties, this Agreement shall supersede all other prior agreements
between the two parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above
written.
ONLINE RESOURCES & COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
By: [Illegible]
----------------------------------
Heritage Oaks Bank
By: /s/ Larry Ward, President
-----------------------------------
12-18-98
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXHIBIT A: DESIGNATED SERVICES CHECKLIST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The items checked below indicate the Designated Online$Link Services
available for the upfront and ongoing prices described in Exhibit C.
Additional components of the Online$Link Service described in Exhibit B
are available on an fee basis.
Only one item can be checked per category except where noted.
ENABLING ACCESS DEVICES
Internet Only
CONNECTIVITY VIA ATM NETWORK BETWEEN ONLINE RESOURCES AND FI
Connectivity path exists
TYPES OF END USERS (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY)
Consumer & Small Business
ONLINE$LINK SERVICE FUNCTIONALITY
Banking & Bill Payment Services
STATEMENT FILE OPTIONS
Online proprietary batch file with transaction & flexible format records
CUSTOMER SERVICE OPTIONS
Online Service bureau--24 x 7
INITIAL PASSWORD OPTIONS
Formula-based
OTHER SUPPORT OPTIONS (CHECK ALL APPLY)
____Consumer marketing campaigns
____Advertising and product information screens
____Training services
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-1
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXHIBIT B: SERVICE DESCRIPTION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ONLINE$LINK SERVICES
The Online$Link Service is made up of all the features and service
options described in this Exhibit. The DESIGNATED ONLINE$LINK SERVICES
selected in Exhibit A are the service components to be delivered to the
Financial Institution as reflected in the FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT
based on the FI Implementation Questionnaire and the ELECTRONIC FUNDS
TRANSFER DISCLOSURE FOR RETAIL ACCOUNTS.
ACCOUNT ACCESSIBILITY
Users shall be able to access up to 40 accounts at their financial
institution (FI), if their accounts are accessible to Online Resources
via the ATM Network, Online's proprietary batch file format or custom
quote methods. All accounts shall be established at the FI. At
minimum, all Users will have access to their primary checking and
savings accounts and possibly an Other account depending on the ATM
Network.
The FI sets a profile for each type, determining the activity level that
they want to allow or can support. The available activities may vary
depending on the Designated Online$Link Services in Exhibit A. An
account can:
-- Fund bill payments
-- Accept transfers of money into it
-- Accept transfers of money out of it
-- Be designated as "view only"
Account information for accounts that cannot be accessed through the ATM
NETWORK shall be provided in a batch file format specified by Online
Resources. Only accounts that can be accessed through the ATM Network
in formats supported by Online Resources can support Online$Link
transactions. Supported formats may be expanded by Online Resources
from time to time.
Depending on the Designated Online$Link Services, Users can access their
accounts via the PC Browser-based Application. Upon general
availability, access will also be provided via private commercial
networks, such as America Online (AOL). Online Resources will support
banking and bill payment transactions indicated through other software,
such as Microsoft Money and Quicken, and will comply with industry
standards as OFX and Gold.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-1
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BILL PAYMENTS
Depending on the Designated Online$Link Services, Users shall be able to
pay any merchant currently on the system and to add merchants to the
system. The term "merchant" shall include, but not be limited to, a
business, charitable institution, or professional service organization
such as a law firm or doctors' group, but shall exclude the Internal
Revenue Service, as well as all state and local tax authorities. A
merchant shall also include individual payees on the condition that the
FI assumes the rick and liability for fraudulent payments to individuals.
-- Users shall be able to schedule bill payments up to 364 days in
the future.
-- Users shall be able to schedule bill payments to occur on a
regular basis: weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, semi-monthly,
quarterly, semi-annually, or annually for up to 45 years.
-- Users shall be able to review, change, and cancel scheduled
future or recurring payments up until midnight the day before
the transaction is scheduled.
Users who are customers (as opposed to Small Business Customers of the
FI) may make an unlimited number of bill payments throughout a given
month. Online Resources reserves the right to review accounts with more
than 20 bill payments per month to identify Small Business Users.
FUNDS TRANSFERS
If an FI has selected the Banking Service as one of the Designated
Online$Link Services,
-- Users shall be able to transfer funds between any of their
accounts at the FI that are accessible via the ATM network in
real time.
-- Users shall be able to transfer funds between the FI and other
designated financial institutions via ACH InterBank transfer.
-- Users shall be able to schedule transfers up to 364 days in the
future.
-- Users shall be able to schedule transfers to occur on a regular
basis: weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, semi-monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually, or annually for up to 45 years.
-- Users shall be able to review, change, and cancel scheduled
future or recurring transfers up until midnight the day before
the transaction is scheduled.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-2
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCOUNT BALANCE INQUIRY
Users shall be able to obtain balance information for designated
accounts at the FI, provided that Online Resources can access them
through the ATM Network or through batch files provided by the FI to
Online Resources in a format approved by Online Resources.
TRANSACTION SUMMARY
-- All Users shall be able to obtain a statement of their Online
activity, which shall include an itemized list of completed
transactions for the past 45 days, scheduled transactions forward
through same date next month, and future balances forward through
the same date next month.
For FIs using the Banking Service and depending on the Statement File
Options selected in the Designated Online$Link Services,
-- Users may be able to obtain interim statement ("Interim Statement")
that shall include recent account activity to date (up to 90 items)
that is provided by the Financial Institution to Online Resources.
-- Users may be able to obtain other extended account information (if
supported by FI).
-- For a standard Implementation, this information is provided to
Online Resources via a proprietary batch statement file. On a custom
quote basis, this information can also be passed to Online Resources
via a Direct Link with the FI's processor on a real time basis or
via non-standard batch file formats.
OPERATING ASSUMPTIONS
Online Resources pulls an initial account balance from the primary DDA
Account at the beginning of each end-user session. Online Resources
pulls other account balances to support User activity throughout the
session. The FI agrees and guarantees to accept as good all payments
confirmed by Online Resources based on that initial balance.
STAND-IN
It is strongly recommended that Online Resources be allowed to provide a
limited set of functionality when the FI or network is not available in
order to increase the availability of home Banking and Bill Payment
Services to Users. Specifications for this option will be defined
during Implementation.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-3
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND PROCESSING SUPPORT
Online Resources provides ongoing system maintenance to support the
Designated Online$Link Services. These include batch file transfers,
software maintenance, customer and merchant database maintenance and
software upgrades.
Each business day Online Resources will make up to two attempts to
process an FI's batch files or the activity updates from the Integrated
Support Software. If an error on the FI's part requires additional
Re-processing Support by Online Resources, Online will be provide it as
needed on a fee basis.
CLIENT SERVICES
IMPLEMENTATION AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES
Online Resources' Standard Implementation provides for one Financial
Institution to receive project management support for the integration of
the Designated Online$Link Services with the FI's information systems.
Financial Institutions of one holding company that use the same ATM
Network and Processor ("Connectivity Path") require affiliated FI
Implementation services. If FI's of a holding company use different
Connectivity Paths to reach Online Resources, then each FI requires a
separate Standard Implementation.
-- Online Resources will assign an Implementation Project Manager
and other Online Resources personnel as required for systems
implementation.
-- The Implementation Project Manager will provide the ONLINE$LINK
IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE, which describes all of the steps involved
in setting up, testing, and launching the service at the FI. It
provides guidelines to help the FI establish which of the
Designated Online$Link Service features that FI will offer,
provides points of contact at Online Resources and other
information the FI needs to start the implementation process, and
provides a vehicle for giving Online Resources the information it
needs to implement and support the Designated Online$Link Services.
-- The Implementation Project Manager will be responsible for
writing the FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT based on the
information contained in the Implementation Questionnaire, which
is Appendix B of the IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE. This manager will
also work with FI personnel to develop and manage the project
plan.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-4
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Depending on the Designated Online$Link Services, the
Implementation Services may include ATM switch certification, the
testing of Connectivity Paths that already exist, and the testing
of the FI's compliance with Online's proprietary batch statement
specification for transactions and/or flexible format records.
-- On a custom basis, the Implementation Service may include the
support and testing of statement data received through a Direct
Link between Online Resources and the FI or via a batch file in a
format different than Online's proprietary specifications.
ACCOUNT MANAGEMENT SERVICES
An Account Manager will be assigned to the FI after the Connectivity
Path is established between Online Resources and the FI and after the
FI's Pilot has begun. The Account Manager will be responsible for
overseeing the marketing implementation process, the FI's Launch, and
ongoing service offering. The Account Manager will also be responsible
for Online Resources' ongoing relationship with the FI and serve as the
primary point of contact for the FI's product and senior management.
TRAINING SERVICES (OPTIONAL)
Online Resources provides optional training services for FIs at its
facilities in McLean, Virginia or at the FI's site. Training Services
are available on a fee basis.
CUSTOM SERVICE TRAINING
Online Resources provides two days of training to enable FI personnel to:
-- Use the Integrated Support Software and service Users
-- Resolve any problems that are incidental to Online$Link System.
BRANCH SALES TRAINING
At the option of the FI, Online Resources will also provide training to
enable FI trainers to teach branch personnel how to sell the Designated
Online$Link Services, as well as sales procedures they should follow. FI
may elect to have Online Resources train branch personnel directly.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-5
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MARKETING SUPPORT SERVICES
ONLINE$LINK MARKETING GUIDE
This guide describes the various steps involved in developing and
implementing a marketing strategy and plan for the Designated
Online$Link Service. It:
-- Contains a sample marketing plan.
-- Identifies marketing tasks involved in preparing for the Pilot
and Launch phases of implementation.
-- Describes how to support and promote the Designated Online$Link
Service within the branches of the financial institution.
-- Identifies the various areas of the PC Browser-Based Application,
and supporting materials that can be branded, as well as the
specific information FIs need to brand those features.
-- Reviews the fulfillment process and provides sample templates for
sign-up and fulfillment materials in both hard copy and electronic
formats.
BRANCH COMMUNICATIONS PACKAGES
Online Resources provides several FI-branded communications packages
with camera-ready artwork that include brochures, sign-up forms, PC
diskette inserts, statement stuffers, and other customer communications
pieces.
MIS REPORTS
Online Resources provides detailed sales and usage reports to assist the
FI in monitoring product performance. Additional reports are available
on a custom fee basis.
THE ONLINE$LINK MARKETING WORKSHOP (OPTIONAL)
This optional workshop is a seminar program that guides participating
FIs through the planning process by helping them define their marketing
objectives, which drives key decisions about pricing, positioning, and
promotions.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-6
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOLICITATION PACKAGE (OPTIONAL)
Online Resources has created a solicitation package that FIs can brand
and produce. The campaign includes sign-up forms, newspaper ads,
posters, direct mail, outdoor, broadcast (radio and TV), and customer
communications pieces, brochures, and statement stuffers.
MARKETING SERVICES (OPTIONAL)
Online Resources will provide marketing services to clients. These
services include the creation and production of advertising and
promotional materials, either as principal or agent. These services are
optional and quoted separately.
DEMO PRODUCTS
FI receives the following demo products:
-- The PC Browser-based Application contains a User demonstration.
INTERNET SERVICES
Online Resources provides WEB SITE DESIGN AND HOUSING SERVICES as set
forth in the WEB SITE DESIGN AND HOSTING AGREEMENT.
CUSTOMER SERVICES
FI can provide front-line Customer Services through its own call center,
or Online Resources can provide Customer Service in the FI's name in a
service bureau environment.
FI CUSTOMER SERVICE
The FI is responsible for providing front-line Customer Service through
the Online Resources' service bureau. Online Resources' Customer Service
Representatives establish and man incoming voice phone lines, receive
telephone calls and correspondence from Users, and are responsible for
the following tasks.
CUSTOMER SETUP AND MAINTENANCE
-- Process the application and enter customer data into the
Integrated Support System
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-7
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Link Users to merchants listed on the sign-up form
-- Perform account maintenance by entering changes to the User's
account card/PIN/Password information, and merchant information
RESOLUTION OF USER INQUIRIES
Customer Service Representatives are responsible for responding to
inquiries in the following categories:
-- Banking relationships, e.g., balances and deposits, if the FIs
is using the Banking Service
-- Additional accounts to be linked to the Designated Online$Link
Service
-- Pricing of the Designated Online$Link Service
-- Transactional questions, e.g., funds transfers and merchant
bill payments
-- Navigation through the access devices
-- Features of the Designated Online$Link Service
OTHER REQUESTS OR ISSUES
Customer Services Representatives will answer other requests, such as
those for a change of address or cancellation of service, and enter such
changes into the Integrated Support System. They will also work with the
FI to identify and diagnose any system issues or reported problems.
ONLINE RESOURCES' ADDITIONAL FI AND END USER SUPPORT
Online Resources is responsible for supporting the FI and its Users in
the following areas:
-- Technical fulfillment of linking end users to their Enabling
Access Device
-- Merchant relationships including payment inquiries, account
updates, and new merchant solicitation
-- Equipment and returns
-- Technical support, including PC software setup and related
communications issues for the Designated Online$Link Services
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-8
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- User error as defined by Regulation E(12 CFR 205 et seq.), in
cooperation with FI
-- All escalated FI inquiries
HOURS OF OPERATION
Online Resources' service bureau option, operating in the name of the
FI, is available 24 hours per day, 7 days a week, with the exception of
the following holidays:
New Years Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day
Labor Day
Thanksgiving Day
Christmas Day
As an alternative to the 24 x 7 option, Online Resources can provide
Customer Service during standard hours, namely 8:00 AM to 9:00 PM
weekdays, 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM on Saturdays and 11:00 AM to 4:00 PM on
Sundays with the applicable time zone determined by the location of the
FI's corporate office.
Additional FI support calls, including technical customer support,
payment inquiries, FI-escalated issues, or other questions or requests
can be made to Online Resources' 24 x 7 call center at any time. The call
center's ability to provide immediate and final resolution may be
dependent on merchants' or FI's hours of operation, further technical,
network and/or systems research, end user availability, or other factors.
SERVICE STANDARDS
-- User registrations will be processed within 5 business days for
online registrations and registration forms and within one business
day for batch enrollment registrations.
-- Customer Service will process sign-up forms and complete initial
merchant links within five business days of the sign-up form date.
-- Appropriate hardware, software, and fulfillment materials will be
shipped within two business days of receiving the order.
-- Customer Service Representatives shall respond to User inquiries
as set forth above by the close of business.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-9
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Online Resources' additional FI and User support will provide
call-back assistance in any case in which immediate and final
resolution did not occur in the call center (i.e., dependent upon
contact with third parties, etc.) no later than the end of the next
business day from receipt of call.
LATE CHARGES AND PENALTY GUIDELINES
The parties agree that responsibility for paying any late charges
and/or penalties incurred due to a late payment to a merchant shall be
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RESPONSIBILITY FOR PAYING LATE
REASON FOR LATE PAYMENT CHARGES/PENALTIES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ONLINE FI USER
----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Lost, cannot determine reason X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Not sent as scheduled X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Sent to wrong location X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Mail delay X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Delay by merchant X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Failure of FI to maintain database X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Intervention by FI X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Incorrect entry by FI X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Scheduled incorrect number of days X
before due date
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Scheduled incorrectly X
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Incorrect account information supplied by X
User
----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
A late payment to a merchant is defined as a payment that has not
arrived at the merchant within the allowable number of days stated on
the screen at the time the User scheduled the payment.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-10
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USER BILLING SERVICES
On a fee basis, Online Resources provides the end-user billing services
on behalf of the FI for user fees and access devices that are part of
the Designated Online$Link Services.
MONTHLY FEES
At the time a User's application is entered into the Integrated Support
System, the FI may elect to have the Integrated Support System
automatically establish a recurring monthly payment to cover the User's
monthly service fee obligation to the FI. On designated payment dates,
Online Resources will then debit the User's account and remit the
payment to the FI. If Online Resources schedules a debit and the payment
fails due to insufficient funds (NSF), or another reason, FI Customer
Service will receives a "reject report" and an FI representative will
follow up with the customer.
OTHER SERVICES
GATEWAY SERVICES
Online Resources has the ability to provide gateway services through
Content$Link to other financial service providers. We currently have a
link to Thompson Investor Network which provides investment information
through the Web.
CUSTOM WORK
Online Resources provides custom development services and custom
marketing services related to the delivery and promotion of the online
financial services. Online Resources reviews the project and provides a
quote based on the FI's Customization Rate.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-11
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXHIBIT C: PRICING--HERITAGE OAKS BANK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
IMPLEMENTATION
Standard Implementation
Up to $1 billion in assets One Time Per FI $20,000
Holding Company affiliates
w/same Connectivity Path One Time Per FI $5,000
MONTHLY ACCOUNT FEES
Consumer
Internet-only access
Banking Service Per Billable Acct per Month $1.95
Bill Payment Service Per Billable Acct per Month
Up to 1,000 bill payment accounts $4.00
1,000 - 2,500 bill payment accounts $3.90
2,500 - 10,000 bill payment accounts $3.70
10,000 - 20,000 bill payment accounts $3.60
Over 20,000 bill payment accounts $3.50
Small Business
Banking Service Per Billable Acct per Month $4.95
Bill Payment Service Per Transaction $0.40
Inter Bank Transfers
5 day availability Per Transfer $0.75
Monthly Account Fee Minimums (a)
Minimum for months 1-6 Per Month $1,000
Minimum for months 7-12 Per Month $1,500
After first 12 months Per Month $2,000
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Per Month $300
Re-processing support As Needed $100
USER ACTIVATION
Activation (b) Per Billable Account $10
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C-1
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Online Resources service bureau
Premium 24 x 7 coverage Per Billable Acct per Month $2.00
INTERNET SERVICES OPTION
See Web Site Design and Hosting Agreement
C/S AND BRANCH SALES TRAINING OPTIONS
Training materials Per Program $250
Sessions conducted at Online facility Per Day $750
Sessions conducted at FI facility
First day Per Day $1,500
Consecutive days Per Day $1,000
MARKETING SUPPORT SERVICES OPTIONS
Consumer Marketing
TV and radio spot (FI branded) One Time $2,000
Print media (FI branded) One Time $2,000
Advertising, Messaging & Product
Information
Initial creation - basic Per Screen Included
Screen changes Per Screen $50
FULFILLMENT OPTION
Shipping of customer welcome kits Per Shipment $3.95
USER BILLING
User billing via ACH debit Per Debit $0.50
CUSTOMIZATION OPTIONS
Development for implementation, statement
files, marketing materials, training,
reports and Internet support (Min $500 for
reports; $1,500 for all other) Per Hour $150
</TABLE>
ENDNOTES
a) Phased in equally over 3 months beginning on the earlier of two
dates: either 150 days after signing or 60 days after technical
connections are completed. For example, if the minimum is $1,000, the
first monthly payment is $333, the second is $667 and the third
monthly payment is $1,000.
b) Includes account set-up, enabling access device usage license,
linking user to enabling devices, technical support, password
maintenance, and new merchant solicitation.
FOR ANY PRODUCT OR SERVICE NOT LISTED ABOVE, PLEASE CONTACT ORCC FOR
CURRENT PRICING.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C-2
<PAGE>
MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
This Data Processing Agreement, dated October 1, 1998 is made between MIDWEST
PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC., having its principal office at 38 Fountain Square
Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio 45263 ("MPS") and HERITAGE OAKS BANK ("Customer"),
having its principal office at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso Robles, CA 93446. MPS
and Customer hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below: (a) "Agreement" shall mean this Master Data
Processing Agreement and each addendum attached hereto or referencing this
Agreement, and all documents and other materials incorporated herein by
reference (b) "Addendum" or "Addenda" shall mean the addenda incorporated
herein or referencing this Agreement, which describe some of the terms under
which the data processing services will be provided by MPS to Customer, and
the fees to be charged therefor (c) "Services" shall mean the data processing
services provided by MPS to Customer as described in the Addenda (d) Other
defined terms applicable to this Agreement and each Addendum will be
contained in a "Definitions and General Services Addendum" as may be
published and modified from time to time by MPS and the parties agree that
such Addendum shall be incorporated herein and made part of this Agreement.
This Master Data Processing Agreement contains the general terms and
conditions applicable to each Addendum. Each Addendum describes the specific
Services to be provided by MPS to Customer and supplements the Master Data
Processing Agreement.
2. SERVICES
(a) MPS's Obligations. MPS will perform the Services as set forth in the
Addenda. MPS may make changes in the Services based upon, but not limited to,
technological developments, legislative or regulatory changes, or the
introduction of new services by MPS. MPS will use its reasonable best efforts
to notify Customer of any such changes that will materially affect Customer
at least 30 days prior to the implementation date of any such change. The
parties agree that MPS shall be the exclusive provider of the Services
described in each Addendum to this Agreement.
(b) Customer Service Assistance. At the request of Customer, MPS shall
provide customer service assistance necessary to resolve any errors or
alleged errors involving the Services. Assistance from MPS shall be charged
at MPS's standard rates, provided, however, that customer service assistance,
if any, shall be billed on a monthly basis, but shall be without charge to
Customer up to an amount equal to 10% of Customer's billings for the Services
for the current month. Provided, however, that this monthly customer service
fee allowance shall not apply to a request for assistance concerning a
transaction or transactions where the records have been delivered and the 7
day period set forth in Section 10(f) has expired.
3. TERM
The term of this Agreement shall commence October 1, 1998, and shall continue
thereafter in accordance with the respective Addenda, unless earlier
terminated in accordance with this Agreement or any Addendum. Notwithstanding
any Addendum, MPS may, at any time prior to a renewal period, refuse to
extend the term of any Addendum if Customer is in default of this Agreement,
or has from time to time been in default of this Agreement.
4. FEES AND PAYMENTS
The Customer shall pay to MPS for the Services, the fees and expenses set
forth in this Agreement and the Addenda. All fees shall be paid within 30
days of Customer's receipt of MPS's invoice unless otherwise provided herein.
Alternatively, MPS may, at its option, debit Customer's billing account on or
any time after the first day of each month through ACH. MPS will then provide
Customer with a statement of services rendered and charges therefore.
Customer shall supply MPS with a billing account number for this purpose. MPS
may not increase the fees during the first twelve months of the Initial Term
of any Addendum. Thereafter, MPS may change, at its discretion, any fee upon
notice to Customer; provided, however, that any increase in prices for
existing recurring Services shall not in the aggregate exceed 10% in any
calendar year, excluding any price increase due to increased fees or
assessments imposed by third party providers such as, but not limited to,
telecommunication companies and national or regional network switch
providers. Any increase shall become effective not less than 30 days after
the date MPS sends to Customer, by ordinary mail, notice of such increase.
MPS may charge for any non-specified service it provides and expense it
incurs at the request of or on behalf of Customer and Customer shall pay for
such services and expenses as provided in this Section 4.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, in the event that by
virtue of any law, rule, or regulation now existing or hereinafter enacted,
MPS or Customer becomes obligated to change in any fashion their manner of
doing business in order to comply with such law, rule or regulation and MPS
incurs any increased cost by virtue thereof, MPS
1-MSTR
<PAGE>
may reasonably incrase its fees to Customer set forth in the attached Addenda
as necessary to offset such increased costs. Any increased fees hereunder if
any, shall not be taken into account for purposes of any price adjustment.
All fees and charges paid hereunder shall be made without set-off or
deduction. Customer shall pay a late charge of 10% of the delinquent amount
when such amount is paid more than 5 business days after it is due. Any fee
not paid when due shall bear interest at 1 percentage point per month but in
no event more than the highest interest rate permitted by law.
5. TITLE TO THE SERVICES
Customer agrees it is acquiring only a nontransferable, non-exclusive right
to use the Services. MPS shall at all times retain exclusive title to the
Services, including without limitation, any materials delivered to Customer
hereunder and any invention, development, product, trade name, trademark,
service mark or software program developed in connection with providing the
Services or during the term of this Agreement.
6. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
(a) Information Supplied by Provider. Customer acknowledges that the
methods, techniques, programs, devices and operations of MPS are of a
confidential nature, and are valuable and unique assets of MPS's business.
During the term of this Agreement and following the expiration or termination
thereof, Customer shall not disclose any such confidential information to any
person or entity (other than to those employees and agents of Customer who
participate directly in the performance of this Agreement and need access to
such information). Upon termination of this Agreement, Customer shall deliver
to MPS all manuals, memoranda and other papers, and all copies thereof,
relating in any way to the Services or to MPS. Customer acknowledges that it
does not have nor can Customer acquire any right in or claim to such
confidential information. Customer shall take all necessary steps, including
having its employees and agents execute such documents as MPS deems
reasonably necessary, to cause them to comply with the terms of this Section
6(a). Evidence of such compliance shall be provided to MPS. Customer
acknowledges that the injury that would be sustained by MPS as a result of
the violation of this provision cannot be compensated solely by money
damages, and therefore agrees that MPS shall be entitled to injunctive relief
and any other remedies as may be available at law or in equity in the event
Customer or its employees or agents violate the provisions contained in this
Section 6(a). The restrictions contained in this Section 6(a) shall not apply
to any information which becomes a matter of public knowledge, other than
through a violation of this Agreement or other agreements to which MPS is a
party.
(b) Confidential Information Furnished by Customer. MPS recognizes that in
order to enable MPS to provide the Services, Customer may disclose to MPS
certain confidential information concerning its accounts and customers. MPS
will not disclose any such confidential information other than to those
employees and agents who participate directly in the performance of this
Agreement. Provided, however, MPS may disclose information it receives as may
be required or permitted by any federal, state or local ordinance, any
regulation or directive of any governmental agency, or any court order or
legal process.
(c) Miscellaneous. Customer acknowledges that MPS shall not be responsible
for the accuracy or adequacy of any information provided by Customer or
others to MPS; nor shall MPS be liable for any damage, loss or liability
whatsoever resulting to Customer or its customers as a result of the
inaccuracy or inadequacy of such information.
7. TERMINATION BY CUSTOMER
(a) Correcting Defects. In the event that any materials furnished by MPS are
inaccurate, incomplete, or incorrect, or in the event MPS temporarily fails
to provide the Services (collectively a "Defect"), MPS may either correct the
Defect, without charge to Customer, or effect an equitable reduction of the
price paid or payable for the Services to which such Defect relates, provided
that MPS has received written notice of the Defect from Customer within 30
days from the date on which Customer became aware of, or should have become
aware of, such Defect; provided, however, MPS will not be liable to Customer
for any Defect that should have been reported to MPS pursuant to Section
10(d), or which Defect first occurred, whether or not discovered by Customer,
more than 30 days prior to MPS's receipt of notice of the Defect.
(b) Substantial Nonperformance. In the event Customer reasonably believes
that MPS has substantially failed to provide the Services, Customer will give
to MPS a written notice specifically describing the nature of such failure
and the approximate date on which MPS failed to so provide the Services. Upon
receipt of such notice, MPS shall have 30 days to cure such failure, unless
such failure cannot be reasonably cured within such period and in such case
MPS shall have such additional time as may be necessary to cure such failure
provided that MPS is proceeding diligently to effect such cure. In the event
MPS fails to cure such failure within such time, and such failure has or will
have a materially adverse effect upon Customer, Customer shall have a right
to terminate this Agreement effective upon not less than 60 days prior notice
to MPS.
Upon such termination, MPS will reimburse Customer the actual monetary
damages Customer incurred as a result of
2-MSTR
<PAGE>
MPS's nonperformance; provided, however, in no event shall such damages
exceed the limit of liability set forth in Section 9. The obligations of MPS
under this Section 7 are conditioned upon: (i) MPS receiving a notice of
nonperformance from Customer as required in this Section 7, and (ii) MPS
being reasonably satisfied upon investigation that the nonperformance was not
a result of any negligent, improper or prohibited act or omission of
Customer, or their employees or agents, or any other factor not directly
within the reasonable control of MPS. Customer shall promptly reimburse MPS
for any expenses incurred by MPS in investigating or correcting any problem
experienced by Customer which is not the responsibility of or solely caused
by MPS under this Agreement.
(c) Excused or Delayed Performance. MPS shall not be deemed to be in default
under this Agreement nor liable for any delay or loss in the performance,
failure to perform, or interruption of any services resulting, directly or
indirectly, from errors in data provided by Customer or others, labor
disputes, fire or other casualty, governmental orders or regulations, or any
other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, beyond MPS's
reasonable control. Upon such an occurrence, performance by MPS shall be
excused until the cause for the delay has been removed and MPS has had a
reasonable time to again provide the Services.
8. TERMINATION BY MPS
(a) Default of Customer. Customer shall be in default under this Agreement
upon the occurrence of any of the following events ("Events of Default"):
(i) In the event that Customer becomes subject to any voluntary or
involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation proceeding,
a receiver is appointed for Customer, or Customer makes an assignment for
benefit of creditors, or admits its inability to pay its debts as they come
due; or
(ii) In the event Customer fails to pay the fees, expenses or charges
referenced in Section 4 when they become due; or
(iii) In the event Customer sells 50% or more of the assets related to the
Services while this Agreement is in full force and effect; or
(iv) In the event that Customer is in default of any terms or conditions
of this Agreement (other than Section 4) or any Addendum whether by reason of
its own action or inaction or that of another, and such default continues for
30 days after receipt of a notice from MPS describing such default or
violation, unless within such 30-day period Customer either corrects the
default or, in the opinion of MPS, initiates appropriate action to correct
such default and thereafter diligently pursues to cure such fault.
(b) Termination. Upon the occurence of an Event of Default, MPS may at any
time thereafter terminate this Agreement effective 60 days after notice of
such termination is given by MPS to Customer. Termination of Customer for any
reason shall not relieve Customer from any liability or obligation to MPS
arising prior to such termination. In the event this Agreement is terminated
by MPS other than at the end of the Initial Term or any renewal period,
Customer shall be liable to MPS for liquidated damages in an amount equal to
the average amount of the monthly revenue payable to MPS (excluding any
credits applied to and/or fees waived for Customer by MPS) as a result of
this Agreement for the 3 calendar months in which Customer's billings were
the highest during the preceding 12 calendar months (or such shorter period
if this Agreement has not been in effect for 12 months), multiplied by the
number of months remaining during the then current term of this Agreement.
Customer and MPS recognize and agree that the liquidated damages are fair and
reasonable because it is not possible to establish the actual increase in
volume and activity by Customer during the term of this Agreement. Customer
shall also reimburse MPS for any damage, loss or expense incurred by MPS as a
result of a breach by Customer, including any damages set forth in any
Addendum. All such amounts shall be due and payable by Customer on the
effective date of termination. In addition to, and not in limitation of the
foregoing, MPS may refuse to provide the Services in the event it has not
been paid for the Services as provided in Section 4.
(c) This Agreement, including any Addendum, may be terminated by MPS for any
reason at any time upon 180 days prior written notice to Customer.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, in the event that
Customer fails to comply with any term or provision of any Addendum or this
Agreement, which failure adversely affects MPS, MPS reserves the right to
refuse to perform the Services for Customer unless and until Customer has
corrected its failure to comply.
9. LIMITS ON LIABILITY
EXCEPT THOSE EXPRESS WARRANTIES MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT, MPS DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Without limiting the
foregoing, MPS shall not be liable for lost profits, lost business or any
incidental, special, consequential or punitive damages (whether or not
arising out of circumstances known or foreseeable by MPS) suffered by
Customer, its customers or any third party in connection with the Services
provided by MPS hereunder. MPS's liability hereunder shall in no event exceed
an amount equal to the lesser of (i) actual monetary
3-MSTR
<PAGE>
damages incurred by Customer or (ii) fees paid for the particular Services in
question for the calendar month immediately preceding the date on which MPS
received Customer's notice of nonperformance as set forth in Section 7. In no
event shall MPS be liable for any matter beyond its reasonable control, or
for damages or losses wholly or partially caused by the Customer, or its
employees or agents, or for any damages or losses which could have been
avoided or limited by Customer giving notice to MPS as provided in Section 7.
No cause of action, regardless of form, shall be brought by either party more
than 1 year after the cause of action arose, other than one for the
nonpayment of fees and amounts due MPS under this Agreement.
10. CUSTOMER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND COVERANTS
Customer represent and warrants to MPS:
(a) That it will comply, and will cause its employees and agents to comply
with, all the terms of this Agreement and any Addendum, including any
amendments thereto.
(b) That it will comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and
regulations applicable to its business operations and will acquire all the
rights and licenses deemed necessary by MPS for MPS to interface with
Customer, or vice versa, as contemplated under this Agreement.
(c) That it will solely by responsible for the quality, accuracy, and
adequacy of all information supplied to MPS to be input into MPS's computer
system or otherwise provided to MPS hereunder, and that it will establish and
maintain adequate audit controls to monitor the quality and delivery of such
data. Customer acknowledges that MPS may intercept and settle Customer
transactions directly with other entities processed by MPS.
(d) That it will review all reports prepared by MPS and its agents and
submitted to Customer. Customer's failure to reject any report in writing
within three business days of its receipt shall constitute acceptance of the
report.
(e) Customer shall comply with all time deadlines, equipment and software
maintenance and upgrading requirements which MPS may reasonably impose on
Customer from time to time.
(f) Customer shall solely be responsible for all recordkeeping as may be
required of it under any federal, state or local laws and regulations. MPS
shall not be obligated to retain any records of Services performed hereunder
for a period beyond 7 calendar days after delivery of the records to Customer.
(g) That it will indemnify, defend and hold MPS, and its directors, officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, harmless from all proceedings, claims,
liabilities and expenses whatsoever (including attorneys fees) arising out of
the Services, the business of Customer or its customers, or by reason of any
breach or nonperformance or any provision of this Agreement or any Addendum
on the part of the Customer, or its employees, agents or customers, except,
however, where such is due to the sole negligence of MPS.
(h) Customer agrees not to solicit or hire MPS's of its affiliates' employees
for employment during the period that this Agreement is in force and effect
and for one (1) year after the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
(i) Should Customer give notice of termination to MPS at any time, Customer
warrants that both before entering into any agreement with any third party
for the Services provided to Customer by MPS as specified in this Agreement
(including all exhibits and Addenda hereto and all documents and materials
reference herein) or before taking such processing in-house, MPS shall have
the right of first refusal of entering into agreements with Customer for all
such Services under the same terms and conditions (except for the length of
the term, which shall not be less than the length of the term of the
Agreement for which Customer is giving termination notice to MPS) in lieu of
Customer entering into such agreement with a third party. Also, if Customer
plans to bring such processing in-house, MPS shall have the right of first
refusal of entering into an agreement with Customer for such processing at
fees equal to an overall cost (including but not limited to hardware,
software, personnel, etc.) of product development, conversion and maintaining
such processing in-house.
11. AUDIT PROCEDURES
MPS shall allow Customer's auditors to review the files held and the
procedures followed by MPS. MPS will assist such auditors as may be necessary
for them to complete their audit; provided, however, that MPS reserves the
right to charge Customer for MPS's out-of-pocket expenses and its standard
fees for the time spent by MPS's personnel in providing such assistance to
Customer's auditors, or to any governmental examiners because of those
services MPS is providing to Customer.
12. MISCELLANEOUS
(a) Other Agreements. MPS reserves the right to enter into other agreements
pertaining to the Services with others, including without limitation other
banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions and other financial
institutions.
4-MSTR
<PAGE>
(b) Taxes. Any sales, use, excise or other taxes (other than MPS's income
taxes) payable in connection with or attributable to the Services shall be
paid by Customer. MPS may, but shall not have the obligation to pay such
taxes if Customer fails to do so. In the event MPS pays such taxes, Customer
shall immediately reimburse MPS upon demand and at the interest rate
applicable for delinquent amounts as set forth in Section 4 hereof.
(c) Violation of Applicable Laws and Regulations. MPS may cease providing any
Service if such Service, in MPS's opinion, violates any federal, state or
local statute or ordinance or any regulation, order or directive of any
governmental agency or court.
(d) Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all exhibits and Addenda
hereto and all documents and materials referenced herein) supersedes any and
all other agreements, oral or written, between the parties hereto with
respect to the subject matter hereof, and contains the entire agreement
between such parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder.
If there is a conflict between this Master Data Processing Agreement and the
Addenda, the Addenda shall control.
(e) Amendments. This Agreement and any Addendum shall only be modified or
amended by an instrument in writing signed by each party hereto. Provided,
however, MPS may amend or otherwise modify this Agreement and any Addendum
provided such modification does not create any new obligation on the part of
Customer and does not materially diminish any Service being provided by MPS
hereunder. MPS shall give Customer notice of such changes by ordinary mail.
(f) Successors; Assignment. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof
shall be binding upon the inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors, transferees and assignees. Neither this
Agreement nor any interest herein may directly and indirectly be transferred
or assigned by Customer, in whole or in part, without the prior written
consent of MPS.
(g) Notices. Except as provided in Section 4 and Section 12(e) all notices,
requests, demands and other communications to be delivered hereunder shall be
writing and shall be delivered by hand or mailed, by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, at or to the following addresses:
<TABLE>
(i) If to MPS: (ii) If to Customer:
<S> <C>
Midwest Payment Systems, Inc.
38 Fountain Square Plaza ---------------------------------
Cincinnati, Ohio 45263
Attention: President ---------------------------------
With a copy to: General ---------------------------------
Counsel of MPS at the
same address Attention:
-----------------------
</TABLE>
or to such other address or to such other person as either party shall have
last designated by written notice to the other party. Notices, etc., so
delivered shall be deemed given upon receipt.
(h) Waiver. If either party waives in writing and unsatisfied condition,
representation, warranty, undertaking or agreement (or portion thereof) set
forth herein, the waiving party shall thereafter be barred from recovering,
and thereafter shall not seek to recover, any damages, claims, losses,
liabilities or expenses, including, without limitation, legal and other
expenses, from the other party in respect of the matter or matters so waived.
Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement or any
Addendum, the failure of any party to promptly enforce its rights herein
shall not be construed to be a waiver of such rights unless agreed to in
writing. Any rights and remedies specifically provided for in any Addendum
are in addition to those rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement.
(i) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference
only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect any provision of this
Agreement.
(j) Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement or any
application thereof shall be invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this
Agreement and any other application of such term or provision shall not be
affected thereby.
(k) No Third Party Beneficiary. This Agreement is for the benefit of, and may
be enforced only by, MPS and Customer and their respective successors and
permitted transferees and assignees, and is not for the benefit of, and may
not be enforced by, any third party.
(l) Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and
enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Ohio. The parties
hereby consent to service of process, personal jurisdiction, and venue in the
courts of general jurisdiction of Cincinnati, Ohio or Hamilton County, Ohio,
and any federal court with concurrent jurisdiction, with respect to any
action or proceeding brought to enforce any liability or obligation under
this Agreement.
5-MSTR
<PAGE>
(m) Authorization. Each of the parties hereto represent and warrants on
behalf of itself that it has full power and authority to enter into this
Agreement; that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership or other
appropriate authorizing actions; that the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement will not contravene any applicable by-law, corporate
charter, partnership or joint venture agreement, law, regulation, order of
judgment; that execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not
contravene any provision or constitute a default under any other agreement,
license or contract which such party is bound; and, that this Agreement is
valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(o) Drafting. This Agreement has been drafted by MPS as a matter of
convenience only and shall not be construed in favor of either party on that
account.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their authorized officers as of the dates set forth below.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ BARRY L. BOERSTLER
-------------------------------
Name: BARRY L. BOERSTLER
-------------------------------
Title: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
-------------------------------
Date: November 30, 1998
-------------------------------
CUSTOMER--HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By:
-------------------------------
Name:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
Date:
-------------------------------
6-MSTR
<PAGE>
(m) Authorization. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants on
behalf of itself that it has full power and authority to enter into this
Agreement; that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership or other
appropriate authorizing actions; that the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement will not contravene any applicable by-law, corporate
charter, partnership or joint venture agreement, law, regulation, order or
judgment; that execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not
contravene any provision or constitute a default under any other agreement,
license or contract which such party is bound; and, that this Agreement is
valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(o) Drafting. This Agreement has been drafted by MPS as a matter of
convenience only and shall not be construed in favor or either party on that
account.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their authorized officers as of the dates set forth below.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By:
-------------------------------
Name:
-------------------------------
Title:
-------------------------------
Date:
-------------------------------
CUSTOMER--HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By: /s/ LAWRENCE P. WARD
-------------------------------
Name: LAWRENCE P. WARD
-------------------------------
Title: President
-------------------------------
Date: November 30, 1998
-------------------------------
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT AND CORRESPONDING ADDENDA
This Amendment No. 1 to the Master Data Processing Agreement dated October 1,
1998, and corresponding Addenda, (collectively the "Agreement") is made
between MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS") and HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Customer"). The Agreement shall be amended in the following respects.
I. EXECUTION OF NEW AGREEMENT. On or before the execution of this Amendment
No. 1 by Customer, Customer agrees to execute an unaltered original of
MPS' standard Master Data Processing Agreement and corresponding Addenda
BV, CU, FS, FU, KU, NA and TU, to the Master Data Processing Agreement
dated October 1, 1998, where all such Addenda are dated October 1, 1998,
and each having an Initial Term of not less than thirty-nine (39) months
collectively, "New Agreement").
II. CONVERSION. Customer acknowledges and agrees that it shall do everything
necessary to convert to MPS' system for all of the Services in the
Agreement at the earliest possible opportunity but in no event later than
March 1, 1999. MPS will use its best efforts to convert Customer's
existing cardbase on or before March 1, 1999, however, Customer
acknowledges and agrees that MPS' conversion of Customer is based on data
provided by third parties and MPS shall not be in breach of the
Agreement in the event the data provided by such third parties is
incomplete and/or inaccurate (i.e., such data does not contain Customer
cardbase information required by MPS, including, but not limited to,
PIN/PIN Offsets, card numbers, account numbers, name and address
information and CVV algorithms). MPS and Customer acknowledge and agree
that MPS will use its best efforts to support online authorization for
Customer's Cardholders' transactions via MPS connection to the Alltel
Community Banking Data Center in Los Angeles, California, however, in
the event said online connection through Alltel is not available for
reasons beyond the control of MPS, Customer agrees that MPS will use
an extracts/positive file balance environment for support of Customer's
authorizations, until such time as an online authorization environment may
be established in accordance with MPS' standards.
III. WAIVER CREDIT. In consideration of Customer executing more than a
thirty-nine (39) month Agreement with MPS (i.e., a thirty-nine (39) month
term, plus the Waiver Period, as defined below, for Addenda BV, CU, FS, FU,
NA and TU executed by Customer and MPS) and continuing to process with
MPS for all the Services in each executed Addenda for at least such
thirty-nine (39) month term plus the Waiver Period, the net amount of
MPS fees (but not third party fees) assessed by MPS on an MPS Services
Invoice in connection with some or all of the following list of individual
services shall be applied by MPS against a one-time waiver credit amount
equal to the lesser of: (i) the actual costs paid by Customer to convert
from EDS' system or (ii) $15,000.00 ("Waiver Credit") until such Waiver
Credit is reduced to zero; provided that Customer provides MPS written
documentation evidencing the total cost actually paid by Customer to
EDS for Customer's conversion from EDS' system with such documentation
sent to the MPS General Counsel at 38 Fountain Square Plaza, Cincinnati,
Ohio 45263, with a copy to the Billing Manager at the same address.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDENDUM FS
-----------
<S> <C> <C>
- Section C.3.a), Electronic authorization
- Section C.3.c), Remote item posting fee
- Section C.4.a), Plastic debit or credit card
- Section C.4.b), Account file residency
- Section C.4.c), Credit account statement-to-date
- Section C.5, Credit account monthly maintenance
ADDENDUM NA
-----------
- Section C.1), ATM Access Fees
- Section C.3.a), All Transactions
- Section C.3.b), Positive Balance Authorization Surcharge
- Section C.3.c), Stand-in Processing Surcharge
- Section C.4.a), Plastic debit or credit card file
- Section C.4.b), Cluster File Extension Support
- Section C.4.c), Account File Residency (Option Z)
- Section C.4.d), CRT File Updates
- Section C.4.e), Cluster PIN Validation transaction fee surcharge
- Section C.6.a), Stand-in Processing File residency
- Section C.6.b), Stand-in Processing File residency extension
- Section C.6.c), Stand-in Processing CRT file updates
- Section D, Network Access Services, Monthly Access Fee
- Section E.1.a), Online Adjustment System File Residency
- Section E.1.b), Online Adjustment System CRT file updates
- Section E.2.b), Online Deposit System CRT file updates
</TABLE>
The Waiver Credit shall be reduced monthly by MPS fees incurred and
payable by Customer on the MPS Services Invoice in the given month for
some or all of the services above until such Waiver Credit is reduced
to zero. The total number of calendar months during which any portion
of the Waiver Credit was applied on an MPS Services Invoice shall be
referred to as the "Waiver Period". At the conclusion of such Waiver
Period, Customer shall be charged the fees specified in the Addendum for
such services, subject to any increases under Section 4 of the Master
Data Processing Agreement, and/or the fees for such services as amended
herein, subject to any increases under Section 4 of the Master Data
Processing Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, Customer expressly acknowledges and agrees that Customer shall
be obligated to unconditionally pay MPS an amount equal to the total
amount of the Waiver Credit applied on any MPS Services Invoices during
any portion of the Waiver Period (which Waiver Credit shall be $15,000.00
if the Waiver Period has expired) in the event of a material Event of
Default by Customer. Customer expressly acknowledges and agrees that
the amount payable by Customer pursuant to the previous sentence shall
be in addition to any other amounts payable by Customer pursuant to this
Agreement, including but in no way limited to the amount payable for
Deconversion Support and the amount payable pursuant to Section 8.(b) of
the Master Data Processing Agreement
IV. MPS and Customer acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of this
Agreement and for determining the length of the Initial Term of each
Addendum to the Agreement, the term "Initial Term Period" shall mean
the period of time equal to thirty-nine (39) months plus the Waiver Period.
1
<PAGE>
A. THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998, SHALL BE
AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section 2.(a), MPS's Obligations, shall be amended by deleting the last
sentence of the paragraph beginning in line six (6) with the words "The
parties agree" and substituting the following in lieu thereof:
"The parties agree that MPS shall be the exclusive provider of the Visa
Check Card Services and ATM Card Services. The parties further agree that
MPS shall be the exclusive provider of the Intercept Services and
Processor Services and Gateway Services for each of Customer's existing
and future branch ATMs, which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean
those ATMs located on property where Customer operates a manned banking
facility. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the parties
acknowledge that, for purposes of this exclusivity clause, Customer has
a total of 7 ATMs at its bank branches, 5633 ATM cards and 2,606 Visa
Check cards."
2. Section 2, Services, shall be amended by adding the following new
provisions as Section 2.(c):
"(c) Year 2000. MPS' proprietary software used in connection with the
Services will be able to accurately process data (including calculating,
comparing, and sequencing) from, into, and between the twentieth
twenty-first centuries when used in accordance with MPS' standards,
provided that all other products, systems and services (e.g., hardware,
ATMs, software, firmware, etc.) used by Customer or other third parties
in combination with the Services properly exchange, in accordance with
MPS' standards, date data and related information with MPS' proprietary
software."
3. Section 4, Fees and Payments, paragraph number one, shall be amended by
deleting the sentences beginning in line two (2) with the words "All
fees shall be paid" and ending in line seven (7) with the words "for
this purpose".
4. Section 4, Fees and Payments, paragraph number one, shall be amended by
deleting the words "exceed 10% in any calendar year" in line ten (10) and
substituting the words "exceed the higher of five percent (5%) per annum,
or the change, expressed as a percentage in the official Consumers Price
Index (CPI) for Wage Earners and Clerical Workers as published by the
U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, (for the most
recent 12 month period for which data is available), in any calendar
year ("5%--CPI Increase")" in lieu thereof.
5. Section 4, Fees and Payments, paragraph number one, shall be further
amended by adding the following sentence to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS and Customer agree that MPS will not debit Customer's account via
ACH to settle the fees payable to MPS pursuant to this Agreement, rather,
MPS will send Customer an invoice for such amounts, and Customer will
remit payment to MPS within fifteen days (15) days of Customer's receipt
of the same."
6. Section 4, Fees and Payments, paragraph number three, shall be amended
by deleting the phrase "1 percentage point" in the last sentence and
replacing it with the phrase "1.5 percentage points".
7. Section 6.(a) shall be amended by inserting the following sentence
after the words "access to information" in line seven (7):
"Provided, however, Customer may disclose information it receives as
may be required by any federal, state or local ordinance, any regulation
or directive of any governmental agency, or any court order or legal
process."
8. Section 6.(b), Confidential Information Furnished by Customer, shall be
amended by adding the following sentence to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to maintain such Customer confidential information under
the same terms and with the same remedies that Customer is to treat MPS
supplied information as specified in Section 6.(a)., however, Customer
acknowledges that certain Customer Confidential information will be
disclosed to Alltel Information Systems."
9. Section 7.(b), Substantial Nonperformance, paragraph number 1, shall be
amended by deleting the words "such additional time as may be necessary
to cure such failure provided that MPS is proceeding diligently to
effect such cure" beginning in line six (6) and substituting the words
"an additional ninety (90) days to cure such failure" in lieu thereof,
and further amended by deleting the words "upon not less than 60 days
prior notice to MPS" in line ten (10) and substituting the words "upon
Customer's written notice of its intent to terminate" in lieu thereof.
10. Section 8.(a)(ii) Default by Customer, shall be amended by deleting the
", or" at the end of the sentence and adding the following in lieu
thereof, ", unless there is a bona fide dispute concerning the validity
of those fees, expenses or charges; or"
11. Section 8.(a)(iii) Default by Customer, shall be amended by adding the
following to the end of the sentence, ", unless such purchaser(s) of the
assets execute(s) a Master Data Processing Agreement and all Addenda
then currently in place with Customer, covering all the applicable assets
and all Services."
12. Section 8.(b), Termination, shall be amended by adding the words,
"multiplied by 80%" after the words "current term of this Agreement" in
line nine (9).
13. Section 9, Limits on Liability, shall be amended by deleting the words
"calendar month" in line nine and substituting the words "two calendar
months" in lieu thereof; and further amended by deleting the last
sentence of the section beginning in line fifteen (15) with the words
"No cause of action".
14. Section 10.(d) shall be amended by inserting the words "and invoices"
after the word "reports" in line one (1) and further amended by deleting
the words "any report in writing within three business days" in line two
(2) and substituting the words "any settlement oriented report within
seven business days of its receipt or any other report, including but
not limited to invoices, within thirty (30) business days" in lieu
thereof, and further amended by adding the word "and/or invoice" after
the word "report" in line three (3).
15. Section 10.(g) shall be amended by deleting the words "where such is
due to the sole negligence of MPS" beginning in line six (6) and
substituting the words "to the extent caused by MPS' negligence,
willful misconduct or breach of the Agreement" in lieu thereof.
2
<PAGE>
16. Section 10.(i) shall be deleted in its entirety.
17. Section 12.(e), Amendments, shall be amended by deleting the last two
sentences of the paragraph beginning in line two (2) with the words
"Provided, however" and ending in line six (6) with the words "by
ordinary mail".
18. Section 12.(f), Successors; Assignment, shall be amended by adding the
following after the words "consent of MPS" in line five (5):
", which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however,
that such transferee or assignee executes an amendment to this Agreement
acknowledging such transferee's or assignee's obligations under this
Agreement, including but not limited to its payment of any fees or costs
associated with such transfer or assignment."
19. Section 12.(o), Drafting, shall be deleted in its entirety.
B. ADDENDUM BV DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998, SHALL BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section B, Term, shall be deleted in its entirety and the following
substituted in lieu thereof:
"The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998, and
shall continue for the Initial Term Period from the 1st day of the
calendar month following the above date or the date MPS has received
notice from CIRRUS of its acceptance of Licensee as a Corresponding
Member or the date of Licensee's conversion to MPS for Gateway Services
("Initial Term") whichever event shall later occur. Except as
hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice to the other party
at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the Agreement and
this Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional periods
equal to three (3) years each."
2. Section C.2, Monthly Assessment Fee, shall be amended by MPS crediting
Customer $100/month during the Initial Term to partially offset the
Monthly Assessment Fee, provided Customer's executed Addenda CU, FU,
KU and TU are in full force and effect, and further provided Customer is
assessed such fee by MPS.
3. Section D.10 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
"Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct costs and third party
fees, including but not limited to those incurred by MPS, at the
termination of the Agreement, and/or related to Customer's conversion
from MPS at any time. However, with respect to Customer's conversion
from MPS upon the termination of the entire Agreement, such direct costs
shall be limited to sixty (60) programming hours plus one (1) programming
hour per ATM, multiplied by the number of Customer's then current number
of ATMs, plus the programming hours for any written special requests made
by Customer to MPS. This limitation shall apply, and shall be the total
maximum direct costs for deconversion, regardless of the number of
Addenda executed by the parties."
4. Section E, Indemnification, shall be amended by deleting the words "MPS
or Licensee, or their agents" in line seventeen (17) and substituting the
words "Licensee or its agents" in lieu thereof, and further amended by
adding the following to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses, damages,
fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable legal and
accounting fees and expenses, that Customer, its officers, employees,
affiliates and agents may incur as a result of MPS' failure to comply
with any provision of the Agreement or this Addendum, whether incurred
by or as a result of the action or failure to act of MPS or its agents,
except for such losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses,
including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, which are
caused by the negligence of Customer, a third party or CIRRUS. This
indemnification shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or
this Addendum."
C. ADDENDUM CU DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998, SHALL BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section B, Term, shall be deleted in its entirety and the following
substituted in lieu thereof:
"The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998, and
shall continue for the Initial Term Period from the 1st day of the
calendar month following the above date or the date Bank has received
notice from PSI of its acceptance of Licensee as a Sponsored Member
or the date of Licensee's conversion to MPS for PLUS Gateway Services
("Initial Term") whichever event shall later occur. Except as hereafter
provided, unless either party gives notice to the other party at least
120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the Agreement and this
Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional periods equal
to three (3) years each."
2. Section C.2, Monthly Assessment Fee, shall be amended by MPS crediting
Customer $100/month during the Initial Term to partially offset the
Monthly Assessment Fee, provided Customer's executed Addenda BV, FU, KU
and TU are in full force and effect, and further provided Customer is
assessed such fee by MPS.
3. Section D.10 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
"Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct costs and third party
fees, including but not limited to those incurred by MPS, at the
termination of the Agreement, and/or related to Customer's conversion
from MPS at any time. However, with respect to Customer's conversion
from MPS upon the termination of the entire Agreement, such direct costs
shall be limited to sixty (60) programming hours plus one (1) programming
hour per ATM, multiplied by the number of Customer's then current number
of ATMs, plus the programming hours for any written special requests made
by Customer to MPS. This limitation shall apply, and shall be the total
maximum direct costs for deconversion, regardless of the number of
Addenda executed by the parties."
4. Section E, Indemnification, shall be amended by deleting the words "MPS
or Licensee, or their agents" in line eighteen (18) and substituting the
words "Licensee or its agents" in lieu thereof, and further amended by
adding the following to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses, damages,
fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable legal and
accounting fees and expenses, that Customer, its officers, employees,
affiliates and agents may incur as a result of MPS' failure to comply
with any provision of the Agreement or this Addendum, whether incurred
by or as a result of the action or failure to act of MPS or its agents,
except for such losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses,
including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, which are
caused by the negligence of Customer, a third party or PLUS. This
indemnification shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or
this Addendum."
3
<PAGE>
D. ADDENDUM FS DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998, SHALL BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section B, Term, shall be amended by deleting the first sentence in
its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:
"The term of this addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998 and
shall continue for the Initial Term Period from the 1st day of the
calendar month following the above date or the date MPS has received
notice from VISA of its acceptance of Licensee as a Member or the
date of Licensee's conversion to MPS for Check Card Program Services
("Initial Term") whichever event shall later occur. Except as
hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice to the other
party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the
Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for
additional periods equal to three (3) years each."
2. Section D.10 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
"Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct costs and third
party fees, including but not limited to those incurred by MPS, at
the termination of the Agreement, and/or related to Customer's
conversion from MPS at any time. However, with respect to Customer's
conversion from MPS upon the termination of the entire Agreement, such
direct costs shall be limited to sixty (60) programming hours plus
one (1) programming hour per ATM, multiplied by the number of
Customer's then current number of ATMs, plus the programming hours for
any written special requests made by Customer to MPS. This limitation
shall apply, and shall be the total maximum direct costs for
deconversion, regardless of the number of Addenda executed by the
parties."
3. Section D.12 shall be deleted in its entirety.
4. Section F, Indemnification, shall be amended by deleting the words
"MPS or Licensee, or their agents" beginning in line eight (8) and
substituting the words "Licensee or its agents" in lieu thereof, and
further amended by adding the following to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses, that Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of MPS'
failure to comply with any provision of the Agreement or this
Addendum, whether incurred by or as a result of the action or
failure to act of MPS or its agents, except for such losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses which are caused by the
negligence of Customer, a third party or VISA. This indemnification
shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or this Addendum."
E. ADDENDUM FU DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998, SHALL BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section B, Term, shall be amended by deleting the first sentence in
its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:
"The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998 and
shall continue for the Initial Term Period from the 1st day of the
calendar month following the above date or the date Bank has received
notice from VISA of its acceptance of Licensee as a Member or the
date of Licensee's conversion to MPS for VISA Gateway Services
("Initial Term") whichever event shall later occur. Except as
hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice to the other
party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the
Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for
additional periods equal to three (3) years each."
2. Section C.2, Monthly Assessment Fee, shall be amended by MPS
crediting Customer $100/month during the Initial Term to partially
offset the Monthly Assessment Fee, provided Customer's executed
Addenda BV, CU, KU and TU are in full force and effect, and further
provided Customer is assessed such fee by MPS.
3. Section D.10 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
"Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct costs and third
party fees, including but not limited to those incurred by MPS, at
the termination of the Agreement, and/or related to Customer's
conversion from MPS at any time. However, with respect to Customer's
conversion from MPS upon termination of the entire Agreement, such
direct costs shall be limited to sixty (60) programming hours plus
one (1) programming hour per ATM, multiplied by the number of
Customer's then current number of ATMs, plus the programming hours for
any written special requests made by Customer to MPS. This limitation
shall apply, and shall be the total maximum direct costs for
deconversion, regardless of the number of Addenda executed by the
parties."
4. Section E, Indemnification, shall be amended by deleting the words
"MPS or Licensee, or their agents" in line fifteen (15) and
substituting the words "Licensee or its agents" in lieu thereof, and
further amended by adding the following to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses, that Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of MPS'
failure to comply with any provision of the Agreement or this
Addendum, whether incurred by or as a result of the action or
failure to act of MPS or its agents, except for such losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses which are caused by the
negligence of Customer, a third party or VISA. This indemnification
shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or this addendum."
F. ADDENDUM KU DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998, SHALL BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section B, Term, shall be amended by deleting the first sentence in
its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:
"The term of this addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998 and
shall continue for the Initial Term Period or until the termination
of the agreement between MPS and DCSI to provide ATM access to
Discover Cards (whichever event shall earlier occur) from the 1st day
of the calendar month following the above date or the date of DCSI's
acceptance of Licensee as a Sponsored Member through MPS as the
Direct Member or the date of Licensee's conversion to MPS for
Discover Gateway Services ("Initial Term") whichever event shall
later occur. Except as hereafter provided, unless either party gives
notice to the other party at least 120 days prior to the expiration
of any term, the Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically
extended for additional periods equal to three (3) years each."
2. Section C.2, Monthly Assessment Fee, shall be amended by MPS
crediting Customer $100/month during the Initial Term to partially
offset the Monthly Assessment Fee, provided Customer's executed
Addenda BV, CU, FU and TU are in full force and effect, and further
provided Customer is assessed such fee by MPS.
4
<PAGE>
3. Section D.12 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
"Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct costs and third
party fees, including but not limited to those incurred by MPS, at
the termination of the Agreement, and/or related to Customer's
conversion from MPS at any time. However, with respect to Customer's
conversion from MPS upon the termination of the entire Agreement, such
direct costs shall be limited to sixty (60) programming hours plus
one (1) programming hour per ATM, multiplied by the number of
Customer's then current number of ATMs, plus the programming hours for
any written special requests made by Customer to MPS. This limitation
shall apply, and shall be the total maximum direct costs for
deconversion, regardless of the number of Addenda executed by the
parties."
4. Section E, Indemnification, shall be amended by deleting the words
"MPS or Licensee, or their agents" in line thirteen (13) and
substituting the words "Licensee or its agents" in lieu thereof, and
further amended by adding the following to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses, that Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of MPS'
failure to comply with any provision of the Agreement or this
Addendum, whether incurred by or as a result of the action or
failure to act of MPS or its agents, except for such losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses which are caused by the
negligence of Customer, a third party or DISCOVER. This indemnification
shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or this Addendum."
G. ADDENDUM NA TO THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998,
SHALL BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section B, Term, shall be amended by deleting the first sentence in
its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:
"The term of this Addendum shall commence October 1, 1998, and
shall continue for the Initial Term Period from the 1st day of the
calendar month following the above date or the date of Customer's
Conversion to MPS for Intercept and Processor Services ("Initial
Term") whichever event shall later occur. Except as hereafter
provided, unless either party gives notice to the other party at
least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the Agreement and
this Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional periods
equal to three (3) years each."
2. Section C.1, ATM Access Fees, shall be deleted and the following new
provision shall be substituted in lieu thereof:
"ATM Access Fees
(tiering cumulative)
-0 - 26 ATMS $75/ATM/month
-26 and above ATMs $50/ATM/month"
3. Section C.3.a, All Transactions, shall be deleted and the following new
provision shall be substituted in lieu thereof:
"All Transactions $.05/transaction"
4. Section D., Network Access Services, shall be amended by MPS
crediting Customer $150/month during the Initial Term to partially
offset the STAR Network Monthly Access Fee specified in line nineteen
(19), provided customer is assessed such fee by MPS.
5. Section E.3.a, Communication Controller Access Fees, shall be amended
by MPS crediting Customer $50/port/month during the Initial Term to
partially offset the Remote Authorization Data Center Shared Use Port
fee, provided Customer is assessed such fee by MPS.
6. By MPS crediting Customer $400.00/month against Customer's
telecommunication fees provided Customer is using satellite
connectivity to MPS from at least six (6) different banking locations,
and further provided that Customer is assessed such fee by MPS.
7. Section H.15 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
"15. Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct costs and third
party fees, including but not limited to those incurred by MPS,
however such direct costs shall be limited to sixty (60) programming
hours plus one (1) programming hour per ATM, multiplied by the number
of Customer's then current number of ATMs, plus the programming hours
for any written special requests made by Customer to MPS, in
connection with and/or related to Customer's conversion from MPS at
the termination of this Addendum and/or related to any conversion by
Customer. This limitation shall apply, and shall be the total maximum
direct costs for deconversion, regardless of the number of Addenda
executed by the parties."
8. Section I, Indemnification, shall be amended by deleting the words
"MPS or Customer, or their agents" in line twelve (12) and
substituting the words "Customer or its agents" in lieu thereof, and
further amended by adding the following to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses, that Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of MPS'
failure to comply with any provision of the Documentation, the
Agreement or this Addendum or for any other reason in connection with
the Intercept or Processor Services provided hereunder, whether
incurred by or as a result of the action or failure to act of MPS or
its agents, except for such losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties
and expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees and
expenses, which are caused by the negligence of Customer. This
indemnification shall survive the termination of the Agreement
and/or this Addendum."
H. ADDENDUM TU DATED OCTOBER 1, 1998, SHALL BE AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Section B, Term, shall be amended by deleting the first sentence in
its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:
"The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998 and
shall continue for the Initial Term Period or until the termination
of the agreement between MPS and American Express (whichever event
shall earlier occur) from the 1st day of the calendar month following
the above date or the date of American Express' acceptance of
Licensee as a Member or the date of Licensee's conversion to MPS for
American Express Gateway Services ("Initial Term") whichever event
shall later occur. Except as hereafter provided, unless either party
gives
5
<PAGE>
notice to the other party at least 120 days prior to the expiration
of any term, the Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically
extended for additional periods equal to three (3) years each."
2. Section C.2, Monthly Assessment Fee, shall be amended by MPS
crediting Customer $100/month during the Initial Term to partially
offset the Monthly Assessment Fee, provided Customer's executed
Addenda BV, CU, FU and KU are in full force and effect, and further
provided Customer is assessed such fee by MPS.
3. Section D.12 shall be deleted and replaced with the following:
"Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct costs and third
party fees, including but not limited to those incurred by MPS, at
the termination of the Agreement, and/or related to Customer's
conversion from MPS at any time. However, with respect to Customer's
conversion from MPS upon termination of the entire Agreement, such
direct costs shall be limited to sixty (60) programming hours plus
one (1) programming hour per ATM, multiplied by the number of
Customer's then current number of ATMs, plus the programming hours for
any written special requests made by Customer to MPS. This limitation
shall apply, and shall be the total maximum direct costs for
deconversion, regardless of the number of Addenda executed by the
parties."
4. Section E, Indemnification, shall be amended by deleting the words
"MPS or Licensee, or their agents" beginning in line fourteen (14) and
substituting the words "Licensee or its agents" in lieu thereof, and
further amended by adding the following to the end of the paragraph:
"MPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable
legal and accounting fees and expenses, that Customer, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of MPS'
failure to comply with any provision of the Agreement or this
Addendum, whether incurred by or as a result of the action or
failure to act of MPS or its agents, except for such losses, damages,
fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable legal and
accounting fees and expenses which are caused by the negligence of
Customer, a third party or AMERICAN EXPRESS. This indemnification
shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or this Addendum."
Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. CUSTOMER: HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By: /s/ Barry L. Boerstler By: /s/ Lawrence P. Ward
------------------------------- -------------------------------
Name: BARRY L. BOERSTLER Name: LAWRENCE P. WARD
----------------------------- -----------------------------
Title: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT Title: PRESIDENT
---------------------------- ----------------------------
Date: Nov 30, 1998 Date: 11-30-98
----------------------------- -----------------------------
6
<PAGE>
ADDENDUM TO MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
CIRRUS SYSTEM GATEWAY SERVICES -- CORRESPONDING MEMBER
This Agreement shall be an Addendum to the Master Data Processing Agreement
(the "Agreement"), dated October 1, 1998 between HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Licensee"), having its principal offices at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso
Robles, CA 93446, and MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS").
I. MPS is a Principal Member of CIRRUS System, Incorporated ("CIRRUS"),
in order to provide other depository institutions with access to the CIRRUS
electronic funds transfer network.
II. MPS has the systems, computers and communications necessary to allow
it to interface with the CIRRUS Switch for CIRRUS transactions.
III. Licensee desires to become a corresponding member of CIRRUS
("Corresponding Member") through sponsorship by MPS, and to route CIRRUS
transactions to and from MPS.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall mean:
BY-LAWS means the By-Laws of CIRRUS as amended from time to time.
CIRRUS DOCUMENTATION means the By-Laws, Operating Rules, Identification
Standards Manual, and other rules, regulations and procedures determined by
MPS to be relevant to and affecting the Gateway Services from time to time.
CIRRUS SWITCH means the computer-based system provided by CIRRUS in
accordance with the CIRRUS Operating Rules.
CORRESPONDING MEMBER CENTER ("CMC") means the processing center directly
connected to MPS, which could be the Licensee's data center, MPS or a third
party processor.
IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS MANUAL means the CIRRUS Identification Standards
Manual as amended from time to time.
MEMBER means a a Principal Member or Corresponding Member of CIRRUS, as those
terms are defined in the By-Laws.
OPERATING RULES means the Operating Rules of CIRRUS as amended from time to
time.
Except for the terms defined above, the capitalized terms herein shall have
the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Definitions and
General Services Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement
and this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.
B. TERM
The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998, and shall
continue for a term of _______ year(s) from the 1st day of the calendar month
following the above date or the date MPS has received notice from CIRRUS of
its acceptance of Licensee as a Corresponding Member or the date of
Licensee's conversion to MPS for Gateway Services ("Initial Term") whichever
event shall later occur. Except as hereafter provided, unless either party
gives notice to the other party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of
any term, the Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for
additional periods equal to the Initial Term.
C. SERVICES AND FEES
Gateway Services shall mean the data processing systems and procedures
provided by MPS to facilitate ATM sharing between Licensee and/or other
CIRRUS Members. Licensee's CIRRUS transactions received from the CIRRUS
Switch or other MPS facilities are routed to the Licensee's CMC for
authorization or, optionally, are authorized using MPS stand-in processing
facilities. Other Members' transactions initiated at Licensee's terminals
and received by MPS from Licensee's CMC are routed to the CIRRUS Switch or,
at the option of MPS, routed directly to another Member.
MPS is the message processing entity positioned between the Licensee and the
CIRRUS Switch or other Members. The transaction record format between the
Licensee's CMC and MPS will be the MPS version of ANSI X9.2 or such other
format as may be mutually agreed upon between MPS and Licensee.
Licensee agrees to pay the following fees for the Gateway Services set forth
below:
1) Set Up Fee $500
2) Disconnect Fee $500
1-BV
<PAGE>
2) Monthly Assessment Fee $150/month plus the current
monthly fee specified by
CIRRUS for a single non
bank holding company
Corresponding Member (as
also referenced in Section
C.6)
3) Adjustment Fee
This fee applies to every CIRRUS
adjustment submitted by or received
by MPS on behalf of Licensee
-- Adjustment fee $5.00/adjustment (plus
current CIRRUS adjustment
fee)
4) Base Licensee Transaction Fee (Paid by
Licensee each time Licensee's cardholder
uses a terminal of a Member for a CIRRUS
transaction) excluding any interchange
surcharge fee charged by CIRRUS which will
be added to this base fee and assessed
accordingly
-- Issuer Transaction Fee (Applicable CIRRUS issuer
interchange fee plus CIRRUS
Switch fee plus $.07)/
transaction
5) Documentation Fees
-- CIRRUS Documentation $75/copy
-- Amendments/Supplements $50/copy
6) CIRRUS Fees All CIRRUS fees,
assessments, and penalties
(excluding the monthly
CIRRUS Corresponding Member
fee, CIRRUS adjustment fees,
CIRRUS Issuer Switch fees
and CIRRUS interchange fees
which are included as part
of the fees charged to
Licensee under Sections C.1
through C.5)
Licensee acknowledges and agrees that CIRRUS will pay MPS interchange fees
for all Licensee's CIRRUS acquirer transactions. MPS will pay Licensee the
applicable CIRRUS acquirer interchanger fee each time a CIRRUS transaction by
a cardholder of another Member is authorized and completed or denied on a
terminal of Licensee provided CIRRUS pays MPS for such transactions.
Licensee agrees to pay MPS $.07 per every Licensee's acquirer transaction
processed by MPS in connection with these Gateway Services. All interchange
fees listed in this paragraph will be reduced by the Plus System, Inc.
acquirer fee as specified by Plus System, Inc. for a transaction processed
through the Plus System, Inc./CIRRUS common interface switch and by any
applicable gateway transaction fee assessed to MPS by CIRRUS in connection
with these CIRRUS acquirer transactions.
D. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1) MPS will sponsor Licensee as a Corresponding Member of CIRRUS in
accordance with the procedures set out in the CIRRUS By-Laws and Operating
Rules.
2) Licensee acknowledges and hereby agrees that MPS may choose the "least
cost method" of routing Licensee's CIRRUS transactions initiated on terminals
of other MPS customers having similar "least cost method" arrangements with
MPS. Conversely, or, if Licensee does not have any CIRRUS cardholders,
Licensee also agrees to accept lesser interchange fees for CIRRUS
transactions initiated on its terminals by cardholders of other MPS
customers which have similar "least cost method" arrangements with MPS. If
MPS chooses to use the "least cost method," MPS will make available the
applicable rates from time to time.
3) Licensee hereby agrees to take all steps as may reasonably be necessary
to settle with MPS for CIRRUS transactions involving its cardholders and its
terminals.
4) MPS will provide Licensee within 30 days of the effective date of this
Addendum a copy of the CIRRUS Documentation in effect on the date of this
Agreement. Licensee also understands that such documentation may be amended
from time to time. Licensee agrees to review the CIRRUS Documentation upon
receipt thereof and to abide by and fully comply with the CIRRUS
Documentation as may be in effect from time to time, and to perform and
fulfill any and all obligations and responsibilities, and discharge any and
all duties and liabilities, relating to MPS, CIRRUS or its Members to which
it may be subject in accordance with such CIRRUS Documentation, or
resolutions adopted by the CIRRUS Board of Directors, or which may arise in
any other manner or from any other source related to the Gateway
2-BV
<PAGE>
services.
5) Licensee agrees that, upon request by MPS, it will periodically provide
to MPS certification in writing of its compliance with all CIRRUS Operating
Rules applicable to Licensee, or to MPS as sponsor of Licensee, and with the
CIRRUS Identification Standards Manual. On or before 30 days following the
date of this Addendum, and on or before October 18 of each calendar year,
Licensee shall provide to MPS an audit of its outstanding cards and a
certificate of its card count in accordance with the Operating Rules.
6) Licensee will provide personnel, one of whom shall be a management level
technical interface person, to monitor, oversee and maintain its
participation in CIRRUS. From time to time, MPS will require communication
with Licensee's personnel, and Licensee agrees to provide names, telephone
number(s), and schedules of such personnel throughout the period of the
Licensee's Corresponding Membership in CIRRUS.
7) MPS will make available to Licensee activity files in MPS format of its
CIRRUS transactions, unless similar information is provided by MPS through
other services provided to Licensee.
8) MPS will not provide: (i) routing of activity files received from CIRRUS
to Licensee; (ii) implementation of any of Licensee's BINs at CIRRUS; (iii)
paper based adjustments; or (iv) any other files or reports not specifically
described above.
9) Licensee agrees to allow the auditors of MPS or CIRRUS to review the
files held and procedures followed by Licensee in connection with the Gateway
Services.
10) Licensee agrees to be responsible for all direct and indirect costs
(including but not limited to those incurred by MPS) in connection with
and/or related to Licensee's conversion from MPS at the termination of this
Addendum and/or related to any conversion by Licensee in connection with its
CMC after Licensee's initial conversion to MPS.
E. INDEMNIFICATION
Licensee has or will execute (in addition to this Addendum) the CIRRUS
SYSTEM, INC. Corresponding Membership Application and Agreement among
Licensee, MPS and CIRRUS. Licensee agrees to be bound by all the terms and
conditions of such agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.
Licensee agrees to pay all fees, assessments and penalties as they are
currently in effect or may be changed from time to time, imposed by CIRRUS,
whether billed directly to Licensee by CIRRUS or through MPS except for any
fees specifically excluded in Section C.6, CIRRUS fees. MPS may allocate any
such fees, fines, assessments or penalties in such manner as it deems
advisable in its sole discretion. Licensee agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless, MPS, its officers, employees, affiliates and agents, from and
against any losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including
reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, that MPS, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of Licensee's failure
to comply with any provision of the CIRRUS Documentation, the Agreement or
this Addendum or far any other reason in connection with the Gateway Services
provided hereunder, whether incurred by or as a result of the action or
failure to act of MPS or Licensee, or their agents. This indemnification
shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or this Addendum.
F. MODIFICATION
In the event of any changes or modifications to the Operating Rules which
affect the responsibilities of a Principal Member of CIRRUS, MPS may amend
this Agreement upon 30 days prior written notice to Licensee. MPS may change
the fees and charges at any time upon a minimum of 30 days prior written
notice to Licensee. In the event such change in fees is in excess of the
limit set forth in the Agreement, the Licensee shall have the right to
terminate this Addendum by giving written notice thereof within 30 days after
the date of notice of change in fees and charges from MPS. Simultaneously
therewith, Licensee shall give the necessary notice to CIRRUS of termination
of its membership in CIRRUS as a Corresponding Member of MPS. Termination of
this Addendum shall be effective the later of 30 days from receipt by MPS of
notice of termination, or the effective date of termination as set by CIRRUS,
but in no event later than 6 months from the date of Licensee's notice of
termination.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT BETWEEN
THEM, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS AND OTHER ADDENDA, SET FORTH THE COMPLETE AND
EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED
AND UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS ADDENDUM, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED
HEREIN SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY OF THE SERVICES OUTLINED IN THE DEFINITIONS AND
GENERAL SERVICES ADDENDUM OR OTHER ADDENDA WHICH MAY BE A PREREQUISITE FOR
THE SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN.
3-BV
<PAGE>
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ Barry L. Boerstler
---------------------------------
Name: Barry L. Boerstler
-------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
------------------------------
Date: Nov 30 1998
------------------------------
LICENSEE
By: /s/ Lawrence P. Ward
---------------------------------
Name: Lawrence P. Ward
--------------------------------
Title: President
------------------------------
Date: 11-30-98
-------------------------------
4-BV
<PAGE>
ADDENDUM CU TO MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
PLUS SYSTEM GATEWAY SERVICES -- SPONSORED ATM LICENSEE MEMBER
This Agreement shall be an Addendum to the Master Data Processing Agreement
(the "Agreement"), dated October 1, 1998 between HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Licensee"), having its principal offices at 545 Twelth Street, Paso Robles,
CA 93446, and MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS").
I. The Fifth Third Bank ("Bank") is a Proprietary Member of PLUS System,
Inc. ("PSI"), in order to provide other depository institutions with access
to the PSI electronic funds transfer network.
II. Bank has contracted with MPS for it to provide the systems, computers
and communications necessary to allow it to interface with the PSI Switch for
PSI transactions.
III. Licensee desires to become a sponsored "ATM Category B Licensee Member"
("Sponsored Member"), as such term is defined in the By-laws and Operating
Regulations, of PSI through sponsorship by Bank, and to route PSI
transactions to and from MPS.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall mean:
BY-LAWS means the By-Laws of PSI as amended from time to time.
PSI DOCUMENTATION means the By-Laws, Operating Regulations, and other rules,
regulations and procedures identified by MPS to be relevant to and affecting
the Gateway Services from time to time.
PSI SWITCH mean the computer-based system provided by PSI in accordance
with the PSI Operating Regulations.
SPONSORED MEMBER CENTER ("SMC") means the processing center directly
connected to MPS, which could be the Licensee's data center, MPS or a third
party processor.
MEMBER means an eligible organization that is a Proprietary Member or
Sponsored Member of PSI, as those terms are defined in the By-Laws.
OPERATING REGULATIONS means the Operating Regulations of PSI as amended from
time to time.
Except for the terms defined above, the capitalized terms herein shall have
the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Definitions and
General Services Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement
and this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.
B. TERM
The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998, and shall
continue for a term of ______year(s) from the 1st day of the calendar month
following the above date or the date Bank has received notice from PSI of its
acceptance of Licensee as a Sponsored Member or the date of Licensee's
conversion to MPS for Gateway Services ("Initial Term") whichever event shall
later occur. Except as hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice
to the other party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the
Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional
periods equal to the Initial Term.
C. SERVICES AND FEES
Gateway Services shall mean the data processing systems and procedures
provided by MPS to facilitate ATM sharing between Licensee and/or other PSI
Members. Other Members' transactions initiated at Licensee's terminals and
received by MPS from Licensee's SMC are routed to the PSI Switch or, at the
option of MPS, routed directly to another Member or to a gateway link
connected to the PSI switch.
MPS is the message processing entity positioned between the Licensee and the
PSI Switch or other Members. The transaction record format between the
Licensee's SMC and MPS will be the MPS version of ANSI X9.2 or such other
format as may be mutually agreed upon between MPS and Licensee.
1-CU
<PAGE>
Licensee agrees to pay the following fees for the Gateway Services set forth
below:
1) Set Up Fee $500
Disconnect Fee $500
2) Monthly Assessment Fee $150/month plus the current monthly fee specified
by PSI for a non affiliate ATM Category B Licensee Member (as also referenced
in Section C.5)
3) Adjustment Fee
This fee applies to every PSI adjustment submitted by or received by MPS
on behalf of Licensee
-- Adjustment fee $5.00/adjustment (plus current PSI adjustment fee)
4) Documentation Fees
-- PSI Documentation $75/copy
-- Amendments/Supplements $50/copy
5) PSI Fees
All PSI fees, assessments, and penalties (excluding the monthly PSI ATM
Category B Licensee Member fee and PSI adjustment fees which are included as
part of the fees charged to Licensee under Sections C.1 through C.4)
Licensee acknowledges and agrees that PSI shall pay Bank interchange fees for
all Licensee's PSI acquirer transactions. MPS will pay Licensee the
applicable PSI ATM member (acquirer) income fee each time a PSI transaction
by a cardholder of another Member is authorized and completed or denied on a
terminal of Licensee provided PSI pays Bank for such transactions. Licensee
agrees to pay MPS $.07 per every Licensee's acquirer transaction processed by
MPS in connection with these Gateway Services. All income (interchange) fees
listed in this paragraph will be reduced by the PSI acquirer fee as specified
by PSI for a transaction processed through the PSI/CIRRUS Systems, Inc.
common interface switch and by any applicable gateway transaction fee
assessed to MPS or Bank by CIRRUS Systems, Inc. in connection with these PSI
acquirer transactions.
D. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1) MPS will sponsor Licensee as a Sponsored Member of PSI in accordance
with the procedures set out in the PSI By-Laws and Operating Regulations.
2) Licensee acknowledges and hereby agrees that MPS may choose the "least
cost method" of routing Licensee's PSI transactions to other MPS customers
having similar "least cost method" arrangements with MPS. Licensee agrees to
accept lesser interchange fees for PSI transactions initiated on its
terminals by cardholders of other MPS customers which have "least cost method"
arrangements with MPS. If MPS chooses to use the "least cost method," MPS
will make available the applicable rates from time to time.
3) Licensee hereby agrees to take all steps as may reasonably be necessary
to settle with MPS for PSI transactions involving its terminals.
4) MPS will provide Licensee within 30 days of the effective date of this
Addendum a copy of the PSI Documentation in effect on the date of this
Agreement. Licensee also understands that such documentation may be amended
from time to time. Licensee agrees to review the PSI Documentation upon
receipt thereof and to abide by and fully comply with the PSI Documentation as
may be in effect from time to time, and to perform and fulfill any and all
obligations and responsibilities, and discharge any and all duties and
liabilities, relating to MPS, PSI or its Members to which it may be subject
in accordance with such PSI Documentation, or resolutions adopted by the PSI
Board of Directors, or which may arise in any other manner or from any other
source related to the Gateway Services.
5) Licensee agrees that, upon request by MPS, it will periodically provide
to MPS certification in writing of its compliance with all PSI Operating
Regulations applicable to Licensee, or to MPS or Bank as sponsor of Licensee.
6) Licensee will provide personnel, one of whom shall be a management level
technical interface person, to monitor, oversee and maintain its
participation in PSI. From time to time, MPS will require communication with
Licensee's personnel, and Licensee agrees to provide names, telephone
number(s), and schedules of such personnel throughout the period of the
Licensee's Sponsored Membership in PSI.
7) MPS will make available to Licensee activity files in a MPS format of its
PSI transactions, unless similar information is provided by MPS through other
services provided to Licensee.
2-CU
<PAGE>
8) MPS will not provide: (i) routing of activity files received from PSI
to Licensee; (ii) paper based adjustments; or (iii) any other files or
reports not specifically described above.
9) Licensee agrees to allow the auditors of MPS or PSI to review the files
held and procedures followed by Licensee in connection with the Gateway
Services.
10) Licensee agrees to be responsible for all direct and indirect costs
(including but not limited to those incurred by MPS) in connection with
and/or related to Licensee's conversion from MPS at the termination of this
Addendum and/or related to any conversion by Licensee in connection with its
SMC after Licensee's initial conversion to MPS.
E. INDEMNIFICATION
Licensee has or will execute (in addition to this Addendum) the Category "B"
ATM Licensee Agreement in PLUS System, Inc. among Licensee, Bank and PSI.
Licensee agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of such
agreement, as it may be amended from time to time. Licensee agrees to pay
all fees, fines, penalties and assessments as they are currently in effect or
may be changed from time to time, imposed by PSI, whether billed directly to
Licensee by PSI or through MPS or Bank except for any fees specifically
excluded in Section C.5, PSI fees. MPS, on behalf of itself or Bank, may
allocate any such fees, fines, assessments or penalties in such manner as it
deems advisable in its sole discretion. Licensee agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless, MPS, Bank, their respective officers, employees, affiliates
and agents, from and against any losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties and
expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, that
MPS, Bank, their respective officers, employees, affiliates and agents may
incur as a result of Licensee's failure to comply with any provision of the
PSI Documentation, the Agreement or this Addendum or for any other reason in
connection with the Gateway Services provided hereunder, whether incurred by
or as a result of the action or failure to act of MPS, Bank or Licensee, or
their agents. This indemnification shall survive the termination of the
Agreement and/or this Addendum.
F. MODIFICATION
In the event of any changes or modifications to the Operating Regulations
which affect the responsibilities of a Proprietary Member of PSI, MPS may
amend this Agreement upon 30 days prior written notice to Licensee. MPS may
change the fees and charges at any time upon a minimum of 30 days prior
written notice to Licensee. In the event such change in fees is in excess of
the limit set forth in the Agreement, the Licensee shall have the right to
terminate this Addendum by giving written notice thereof to MPS within 30
days after the date of notice of change in fees and charges from MPS.
Simultaneously therewith, Licensee shall give the necessary notice to PSI of
termination of its membership in PSI as a Sponsored Member of Bank.
Termination of this Addendum shall be effective the later of 30 days from
receipt by MPS of notice of termination, or the effective date of termination
as set by PSI, but in no event later than 6 months from the date of
Licensee's notice of termination.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT BETWEEN
THEM, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS AND OTHER ADDENDA, SET FORTH THE COMPLETE AND
EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED
AND UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS ADDENDUM, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED
HEREIN SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY OF THE SERVICES OUTLINED IN THE DEFINITIONS AND
GENERAL SERVICES ADDENDUM OR OTHER ADDENDA WHICH MAY BE A PREREQUISITE FOR
THE SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:/s/ Barry L. Boerstler
-----------------------------
Name: Barry L. Boerstler
---------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
--------------------------
Date: Nov 30 1998
--------------------------
LICENSEE: HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By:/s/ Lawrence P. Ward
-----------------------------
Name: Lawrence P. Ward
---------------------------
Title: President
--------------------------
Date: 11-30-98
---------------------------
3-CU
<PAGE>
0196-998
ADDENDUM FS TO MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
VISA CHECK CARD PROGRAM SERVICES
This Agreement shall be an Addendum to the Master Data Processing Agreement
("the Agreement"), dated October 1, 1998 between HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Licensee"), having its principal offices at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso
Robles, CA 93446, and MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS").
I. Fifth Third Bank of Cincinnati, Ohio ("Fifth Third") is a Member of Visa
U.S.A. ("VISA") and provides other depository institutions access to VisaNet
as defined in the Operating Rules.
II. MPS has the systems, computers and communications necessary to allow it
to interface with the VISA Switch for VisaNet transactions.
III. Licensee desires to use the systems, computers, and communication
facilities of MPS to interface with the VISA Switch and other facilities
connected to MPS to provide access (in conjunction with MPS standards) to
VisaNet for certain of its customers' deposit accounts through Licensee's
designated VISA plastics (cards) and to provide special card and account
processing as described under Check Card Program Services.
IV. Licensee warrants that it is a Member of VISA as this term is defined in
the By-Laws.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall mean:
BY-LAWS means the Visa U.S.A. Inc. By-Laws/Operating Regulations as amended
from time to time.
MEMBER means an organization that is a Member, or other entity as those terms
are defined in the By-Laws and who is authorized to participate in VisaNet.
OPERATING RULES means the Visa U.S.A. Inc. By-Laws/Operating Regulations and
the Visa International Operating Regulations as amended from time to time.
VISA DOCUMENTATION means the sections of the By-Laws, Operating Rules,
Operating Rules, and other rules, regulations and procedures (including MPS
standards) determined by MPS to be relevant to and affecting the Check Card
Program Services from time to time.
VISA SWITCH means the computer-based system provided by VISA in accordance
with the Operating Rules for VisaNet.
Except for the terms defined above, the capitalized terms herein shall have
the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Definitions and
General Services Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and
this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.
B. TERM
The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998, and shall
continue for a term of ____ year(s) from the 1st day of the calendar month
following the above date or the date MPS has received notice from VISA of its
acceptance of Licensee as a Member or the date of Licensee's conversion to
MPS for Check Card Program Services ("Initial Term") whichever event shall
later occur. Except as hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice
to the other party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the
Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional
periods equal to the Initial Term.
C. SERVICES AND FEES
CHECK CARD PROGRAM SERVICES shall mean the data processing systems and
procedures provided by MPS to facilitate Licensee's card authorization and
settlement in VisaNet for Licensee's specified VISA cards with the consequent
funds utilized being debited from Licensee's designated customers' deposit
accoujts. Licensee's VISA cards may additionally be processed under other
services contracted through MPS. Licensee's VisaNet transactions received
from the VISA Switch or other MPS facilities or facilities connected to MPS
are authorized using card management and card processing facilities according
to MPS standards. Authorization can occur at VisaNet if the authorization
link between MPS and the VISA Switch is inoperational.
Licensee agrees to pay MPS the following fees for the Check Card Program
Services as set forth below:
1) Set Up Fee $5,000
2) Card Management file conversion (Optional) $2,000
3) Transaction Fees
a) electronic authorization fee $.10/authorization
b) operator assisted authorization fee $.65/authorization
c) remote item posting $.11/item
c) issuer switch/access fee $.026/authorization
4) Card Management (Cluster) Services
a) Plastic debit or credit card fee $.05/cluster/month
1-FS
<PAGE>
b) Account file residency (fee assessed for
credit and deposit accounts) $.11/account/month
c) Credit account statement-to-date fee
CRT lookup for statement-to-date
activity of credit account $.09/credit account/month
5) Credit account monthly maintenance fee $.07/credit account/month
6) Credit Card embossing and encoding fees
a) Program Setup $225.00
b) Card Production $0.60/card
Card production includes:
-Complete inventory and control of plastics
-Card embossing, tipping, and encoding
-Card inserting and mailing
-MPS standard forms and envelopes
-Postage expense additional
c) Premailer Inserting/Mailing $0.15/Premailer
-Includes MPS standard forms and envelopes
-Postage expense additional
d) Special Card Handling $5.00/card
Any special card handling outside the normal processing procedures
(i.e., card pulls, rushes, etc.) will incur a special card handling
fee.
e) Graphic Reproduction (Graphix) Quoted
Graphic Reproduction services are available including the
institution's name on the front of the card and ATM logos on the
back. These fees will be provided as necessary.
7) Statement Printing Fee (Optional) $0.15/statement
8) Chargeback/Representment Fee $5.00/chargeback
or representment
9) Draft Retrieval Requests $2.00/request
Each draft retrieval request received by MPS on behalf of the Licensee will
be assessed the draft retrieval request fee.
This fee is in addition to any fee assessed by VISA.
10) Online Adjustment System Fees
a) File residency $100.00/month
b) CRT file updates $.10/update
c) File setup $400
11) Operational Support Standard Hourly Rate
Including any time required by MPS personnel to support Licensee with lost
and stolen processing in connection with Licensee's VISA cards or
Licensee's customers.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum monthly fee payable to MPS for the
Check Card Program Services set forth in this Addendum shall be $200.00.
12) Other Services Quoted
D. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1) MPS will process Licensee as a Member in accordance with the procedures
set out in the By-Laws and Operating Rules and VISA Documentation and this
Addendum.
2) Licensee assumes all responsibility for collecting funds associated with
all use of Licensee's VISA cards.
3) Licensee hereby agrees to take all steps as may be necessary to settle
with MPS for VisaNet transactions involving its cardholders. As part of this
settlement, Licensee agrees to maintain at Fifth Third a clearing account
which will be a non-interest bearing account. Licensee also agrees to
maintain adequate collected funds in this account to cover daily settlement
(involving the use of Licensee's VISA cards) assessed by MPS.
2-FS
<PAGE>
4) Licensee understands that VISA Documentation may be amended from time to
time. Licensee agrees to review the VISA Documentation and to abide by and
fully comply with the VISA Documentation as may be in effect from time to
time, and to perform and fulfill any and all obligations and
responsibilities, and discharge any and all duties and liabilities, relating
to MPS, VISA or its Members to which it may be subject in accordance with
such VISA Documentation, By-Laws, Operating Rules, or resolutions adopted by
the VISA Board of Directors, or which may arise in any other manner or from
any other source related to the Check Card Program Services.
5) Licensee agrees that, upon request by MPS, it will periodically provide
to MPS certification in writing of its compliance with all VISA Operating
Rules applicable to Licensee, or to MPS as processor for Licensee, and with
the VISA Documentation.
6) MPS will make available to Licensee activity files in a MPS format
reflecting customer's card and account processing.
7) MPS will not provide: (i) routing of activity files received from VISA to
Licensee; (ii) any other files or reports not specifically described above.
8) Licensee will maintain a non-interest bearing checking account which can be
debited by MPS to settle funds for Licensee's VISA cards which don't have a
corresponding deposit account.
9) Licensee is solely responsible for its participation; and for any liability
arising from its VISA membership.
10) Licensee agrees to be responsible for all direct and indirect costs
(including but not limited to those incurred by MPS) in connection with and/or
related to Licensee's conversion from MPS at the termination of this Addendum
and/or related to any conversion by Licensee.
11) Licensee shall be responsible for the establishment, maintenance and
written notification to MPS of cardholder authorization limits, and other
terms and conditions applicable to transactions effected in accordance with
Licensee's cardholder agreements.
12) Should Customer give notice of termination to MPS at any time, Customer
warrants that both before entering into any agreement with any third party
fort the Services provided to Customer by MPS as specified in this Agreement
(including all exhibits and Addenda hereto and all documents and materials
referenced herein), MPS shall have the right of first refusal of entering into
agreements with Customer for all such Services under the same terms and
conditions (except for the length of the term, which shall not be less than
the length of the term of the Agreement for which Customer is givng
termination notice to MPS) in lieu of Customer entering into such agreement
with a third party.
E. SERVICES AND EXPENSES NOT PROVIDED BY MPS
Certain services and expenses will be the sole responsibility of Licensee and
include but are not limited to the following:
1) Costs incurred by MPS for contracting Licensee in performing the Services.
2) All postage costs associated with the Services provided herein.
3) All costs associated with the purchase, design, and creation of the cards.
4) Data entry of cardholder and/or account information.
5) All forms and envelopes (minimum postage expense is cost for one ounce of
U.S. first class postage per unit).
6) Communication lines to MPS for remote processing.
7) Communication and hardware costs, individual terminals or modems.
8) All VISA fees relating to Licensee's processing plan and/or connection
with Licensee's participation in VisaNet and with VISA.
9) Settlement costs for interchange. Licensee will provide and pay standard
VISA Interchange fees relative to Licensee's cardholder and merchant
transaction volume.
10) All legal compliance and Operating Rules and By-Laws compliance for
Licensee's cardholders and merchants.
11) Additional exception processing services.
12) External costs for interchange settlement.
13) Physical magnetic tape or disk file output for Licensee's use.
14) Costs associated with RJE.
3-FS
<PAGE>
F. INDEMNIFICATION
Licensee agrees to pay all fees, assessments and penalties as they are
currently in effect or may be changed from time to time, imposed by VISA,
whether billed directly to Licensee by VISA or through MPS or Fifth Third.
MPS may allocate any such fees, fines, assessments or penalties in such
manner as it deems advisable in its sole discretion. Licensee agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless, MPS, its officers, employees, affiliates and
agents, from and against any losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties and
expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, that
MPS, its officers, employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of
Licensee's failure to comply with any provision of the VISA Documentation,
the Agreement or this Addendum or for any other reason in connection with the
Check Card Program Services provided hereunder, whether incurred by or as a
result of the action or failure to act of MPS or Licensee, or their agents.
This indemnification shall survive the termination of the Agreement and/or
this addendum.
G. MODIFICATION
In the event of any changes or modifications to the VISA Documentation which
affect the responsibilities of a Member, MPS may amend this Agreement upon 30
days prior written notice to Licensee. MPS may change the fees and charges at
any time upon a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Licensee. In the
event such change in fees is in excess of the limit set forth in the
Agreement, the Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Addendum by
giving written notice thereof within 30 days after the date of notice of
change in fees and charges from MPS. Simultaneously therewith, Licensee shall
give the necessary notice to VISA of termination or change in sponsorship of
its membership in VISA as a Member. Termination of this Addendum shall be
effective the later of 30 days from receipt by MPS of notice of termination,
or the effective date of termination as set by VISA, but in no event later
than 6 months from the date of Licensee's notice of termination.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT BETWEEN
THEM, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS AND OTHER ADDENDA, SET FORTH THE COMPLETE AND
EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED
AND UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS ADDENDUM, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED
HEREIN SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY OF THE SERVICES OUTLINED IN THE DEFINITIONS AND
GENERAL SERVICES ADDENDUM OR OTHER ADDENDA WHICH MAY BE A PREREQUISITE FOR
THE SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ BARRY L. BOERSTLER
-------------------------------------
Name: Barry L. Boerstler
-------------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
-------------------------------------
Date: Nov. 30, 1998
-------------------------------------
LICENSEE:
By: /s/ LAWRENCE P. WARD
-------------------------------------
Name: Lawrence P. Ward
-------------------------------------
Title: President
-------------------------------------
Date: 11-30-98
-------------------------------------
4-FS
<PAGE>
0192-998
ADDENDUM FU TO MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
VISA ATM NETWORK GATEWAY SERVICES - ATM ACQUIRER MEMBER
This Agreement shall be an Addendum to the Master Data Processing Agreement
(the "Agreement"), dated October 1, 1998 between HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Licensee"), having its principal offices at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso
Robles, CA 93446, and MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS").
I. Fifth Third Bank of Cincinnati, Ohio ("Fifth Third"), is a Member of
Visa U.S.A. Inc. ("VISA") and provides other depository institutions access to
the Visa ATM Network ("VAN").
II. MPS has the systems, computers and communications necessary to allow it
to interface with the VISA Switch for VAN transactions.
III. Licensee desires to use the systems, computers, and communication
facilities of MPS to interface with the VISA Switch to allow the
participation in VAN of its cash disbursement automated teller machines
and/or scrip dispensers and/or other devices (collectively referred to as
"ATM").
IV. Licensee warrants that it has VISA approval to participate in VAN.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall mean:
BY-LAWS means the Visa U.S.A. Inc. By-Laws/Operating Regulations as amended
from time to time.
CORRESPONDING MEMBER CENTER ("CMC") means the processing center directly
connected to MPS, which should be the Licensee's data center, MPS or a third
party processor.
MEMBER means an organization that is a Member, or other entity as those terms
are defined in the By-Laws and who is authorized to participate in VAN.
OPERATING RULES means the Visa U.S.A. Inc. By-Laws/Operating Regulations and
the Visa International Operating Regulations as amended from time to time.
VISA DOCUMENTATION means the sections of the By-Laws, Operating Rules, and
other rules, regulations and procedures (including MPS standards) determined
by MPS to be relevant to and affecting the Gateway Services from time to time.
VISA SWITCH means the computer-based system provided by VISA in accordance
with the Operating Rules for VAN.
Except for the terms defined above, the capitalized terms herein shall have
the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Definitions and
General Services Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement
and this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.
B. TERM
The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998, and shall
continue for a term of _______ years from the 1st day of the calendar month
following the above date or the date MPS has received notice from VISA of its
acceptance of Licensee as a Member or the date of Licensee's conversion to
MPS for Gateway Services ("Initial Term") whichever event shall later occur.
Except as hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice to the other
party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the Agreement
and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional periods
equal to the Initial Term.
C. SERVICES AND FEES
GATEWAY SERVICES shall mean the data processing systems and procedures
provided by MPS to facilitate ATM sharing in VAN between Licensee and/or
other Members. Other Members' VAN transactions initiated at Licensee's
terminals and received by MPS from Licensee's CMC are routed to the VISA
Switch or, at the option of MPS, routed directly to another Member.
1-FU
<PAGE>
MPS is the message processing entity positioned between the Licensee and the
VISA Switch or other Members. The transaction record format between the
Licensee's CMS and MPS will be the MPS version of ANSI X9.2 or such other
format as may be mutually agreed upon between MPS and Licensee.
Licensee agrees to pay the following fees for the Gateway Services set forth
below:
1) Set Up Fee $500
Disconnect Fee $500
2) Monthly Assessment Fee $150/month
3) Documentation Fee
- VISA Documentation $75/copy
- Amendments/Supplements $50/copy
4) Adjustment Fee $5.00/adjustment (plus current VAN adjusted fees)
This fee applies to every VAN adjustment submitted by or received
by MPS on behalf of Member institutions
5) VAN Fees All VAN and/or VISA fees, assessments, and penalties (excluding
VAN adjustment fees which are included as part of the fees charged to
Licensee under Sections C.1 through C.4)
Licensee acknowledges and agrees that VISA will pay interchange ad other fees
to MPS or Fifth Third for all Licensee's VAN acquirer transactions. MPS will
pay Licensee the applicable Van acquirer interchange fee each time a VAN
transaction by a cardholder of another Member is authorized and completed or
denied on a terminal of Licensee provided VISA pays MPS for such
transactions. Licensee agrees to pay MPS $.07 per every Licensee's acquirer
transaction processed by MPS in connection with the Gateway Services. All
interchange fees in this paragraph shall be reduced by any third party switch
or surcharge fee assessed to MPS or Fifth Third.
D. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1) MPS will process Licensee as a Member in accordance with the procedures
set out in the By-Laws and Operating Rules and MPS's standards.
2) Licensee agrees to accept lesser interchange fees for VAN transactions
initiated on its terminals by cardholders of other MPS customers which have
similar "least cost method" arrangements with MPS. If MPS chooses to use the
"least cost method," MPS will make available the applicable rates from time to
time.
3) Licensee hereby agrees to take all steps as may reasonably be necessary
to settle with MPS for VAN transactions involving its terminals.
4) MPS will provide Licensee within 30 days of the effective date of this
Addendum a copy of the VISA Documentation in effect on the date of this
Agreement. Licensee also understands that such documentation may be amended
from time to time. Licensee agrees to review the VISA Documentation upon
receipt thereof and to abide by and fully comply with the VISA Documentation
as may be in effect from time to time, and to perform and fulfill any and all
obligations and responsibilities, and discharge any and all duties and
liabilities, relating to MPS, VISA or its Members to which it may be subject
in accordance with such VISA documentation, By-Laws, Operating Rules, or
resolutions adopted by the VISA Board of Directors, or which may arise in any
other manner or from any other source related to the Gateway Services.
5) Licensee agrees that, upon request of MPS, it will periodically provide
to MPS certification in writing of its compliance with all VISA Operating
Rules applicable to Licensee, or to MPS as processor for Licensee, and with
the VISA Documentation.
6) License will provide personnel, one of whom shall be a management level
technical interface person, to monitor, oversee and maintain its
participation in VAN. Form time to time, MPS will require communication with
Licensee's personnel, and Licensee agrees to provide names, telephone
number(s), and schedules of such personnel throughout the period of the
Licensee's membership in VAN.
7) MPS will make available to Licensee activity files in a MPS format of its
VAN transactions, unless similar information is provided by MPS through other
services provided to Licensee.
2-FU
<PAGE>
8) MPS will not provide: (i) routing of activity files received from VISA to
Licensee; (ii) paper based adjustments; or (iii) any other files or reports
not specifically described above.
9) Licensee agrees to allow the auditors of MPS or VISA to review the files
held and procedures followed by Licensee in connection with the Gateway
Services.
10) Licensee agrees to be responsible for all direct and indirect costs
(including but not limited to those incurred by MPS) in connection with
and/or related to Licensee's conversion from MPS at the termination of this
Addendum and/or related to any conversion by Licensee in connection with its
CMC after Licensee's initial conversion to MPS.
E. INDEMNIFICATION
Licensee has or will execute the Visa ATM Acquirer Compliance Form and the
Visa ATM Service Confirmation Form and other required VAN forms which may
change from time to time with VISA. Licensee agrees to pay all fees,
assessments and penalties as they are currently in effect or may be changed
from time to time, imposed by VISA, whether billed directly to Licensee by
VISA or through MPS or Fifth Third. MPS may allocate any such fees, fines,
assessments or penalties in such manner as it deems advisable in its sole
discretion. Licensee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, MPS, its
officers, employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses,
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable legal and
accounting fees and expenses, that MPS, its officers, employees, affiliates
and agents may incur as a result of Licensee's failure to comply with any
provision of the VISA Documentation, the Agreement or this Addendum or for
any other reason in connection with the Gateway Services provided hereunder,
whether incurred by or as a result of the action or failure of the act of MPS
or Licensee, or their agents. This indemnification shall survive the
termination of the Agreement and/or to this Addendum.
F. MODIFICATION
In the event of any changes or modifications to the VISA Documentation which
affect the responsibilities of a Member, MPS may amend this Agreement upon 30
days prior written notice to Licensee. MPS may change the fees and charges at
any time upon a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Licensee. In the
event such change in fees is in excess of the limit set forth in the
Agreement, the Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Addendum by
giving written notice thereof within 30 days after the date of notice of
change in fees and charges from MPS. Simultaneously therewith, Licensee shall
give the necessary notice to VISA of termination of its membership in VISA as
a Member. Termination of this Addendum shall be effective the later of 30
days from receipt by MPS of notice of termination, or the effective date of
termination as set by VISA, but in no event later than 6 months from the date
of Licensee's notice of termination.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT BETWEEN
THEM, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS AND OTHER ADDENDA, SET FORTH THE COMPLETE AND
EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED
AND UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS ADDENDUM, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED
HEREIN SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY OF THE SERVICES OUTLINED IN THE DEFINITIONS AND
GENERAL SERVICES ADDENDUM OR OTHER ADDENDA WHICH MAY BE A PREREQUISITE FOR
THE SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ BARRY L. BOERSTLER
-----------------------------------
Name: BARRY L. BOERSTLER
---------------------------------
Title: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
--------------------------------
Date: NOV 30, 1998
---------------------------------
LICENSEE: HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By: /s/ LAWRENCE P. WARD
-----------------------------------
Name: LAWRENCE P. WARD
---------------------------------
Title: PRESIDENT
--------------------------------
Date: 11-30-1998
---------------------------------
3-FU
<PAGE>
ADDENDUM KU TO MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
DISCOVER CARD GATEWAY SERVICES -- SPONSORED ATM ACQUIRER MEMBER
This Agreement shall be an Addendum to the Master Data Processing Agreement
(the "Agreement"), dated October 1, 1998 between HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Licensee"), having its principal offices at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso
Robles, CA 93446, and MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS").
I. MPS has entered into an agreement with Discover Card Services, Inc.
and/or NOVUS Services, Inc. (collectively and individually "DCSI"), where MPS
can make available to DCSI cardholders certain ATMs operated or accessed
through MPS systems, computers, and communications to obtain cash.
II. MPS has the systems, computers and communications necessary to allow it
to interface with the DCSI Switch to accept credit and automated teller
machine access cards issued by DCSI ("Discover Cards").
III. License desires to use the systems, computers, and communication
facilities of MPS to interface with the DCSI Switch to allow Discover Card
transactions at its cash disbursement automated teller machines and/or scrip
dispensers and/or other devices (collectively referred to as "ATMs").
IV. MPS is willing to provide Gateway Services to Licensee, as more fully
described herein, subject to the following terms and conditions.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall mean:
AGENT PROCESSOR CENTER ("APC") means MPS, which is the processing center
directly connected to the DCSI Switch.
CORRESPONDING MEMBER CENTER ("CMC") means the processing center directly
connected to MPS, which could be the Licensee's data center, MPS or a third
party processor.
DIRECT MEMBER is an institution (including MPS) which has entered into an
agreement with DCSI to accept Discover Card transactions at ATMs owned,
operated, controlled, or gatewayed by it through the APC.
DCSI DOCUMENTATION means the Operating Rules and other rules, regulations and
procedures (including MPS standards) determined by MPS to be relevant to and
affecting the Gateway Services from time to time.
DCSI SWITCH means the computer-based system provided by DCSI to interface
electronically with Members' ATMs or their files for the purpose of
processing Discover Card transactions.
MEMBER is a Direct and/or Sponsored Member.
OPERATING RULES means MPS's regulations and standards determined to be
relevant to and affecting Gateway Services which may change from time to time
and the procedures set out in MPS's agreement with DCSI to allow MPS to
provide ATM access to Discover Cards.
SPONSORED MEMBER is an institution which can accept Discover Card
transactions at ATMs owned, operated, controlled, or gatewayed by it through
the APC because of its sponsorship through a Direct Member and subsequent
authorization by DCSI to be a Participant, as such term is defined in the
agreement between MPS and DCSI to provide ATM access to Discover Cards.
Except for the terms defined above, the capitalized terms herein shall have
the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Definitions and
General Services Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement
and this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.
B. TERM
The term of this Addendum shall commence on October 1, 1998, and shall
continue for a term of _____ years or until the termination of the agreement
between MPS and DCSI to provide ATM access to Discover Cards (whichever event
shall earlier occur) from the 1st day of the calendar month following the
above date or the date of DCSI's acceptance of Licensee as a Sponsored
Member through MPS as the Direct Member or the date of Licensee's conversion
to MPS for Gateway Services ("Initial Term"), whichever event shall later
occur. Except as hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice to the
other party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the
Agreement and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional
periods equal to the Initial Term.
1-KU
<PAGE>
C. SERVICES AND FEES
GATEWAY SERVICES shall mean the data processing systems and procedures provided
by MPS to facilitate ATM sharing between Licensee and Discover Cards.
Discover Card transactions initiated at Licensee's terminals and received by
MPS from Licensee's CMC are routed to the DCSI Switch.
MPS is the message processing entity positioned between the Licensee and the
DCSI Switch or other Members. The transaction record format between the
Licensee's CMC and MPS will be the MPS version of ANSI X9.2 or such other
format as may be mutually agreed upon between MPS and Licensee.
Licensee agrees to pay the following fees for the Gateway Services set forth
below:
1) Set Up Fee $500
Disconnect Fee $500
2) Monthly Assessment Fee $150/month
3) Documentation Fees
-DCSI Documentation $75/copy
-Amendments/Supplements $50/copy
4) Adjustments $5.00/adjustment
This fee applies to every DCSI adjustment submitted by or received by MPS on
behalf of Member Institutions.
Licensee acknowledges and agrees that DCSI will pay interchange and other fees
to MPS for all Discover Card transactions and in turn MPS will pay Licensee
$.65 each time a Discover Card cash withdrawal transaction is authorized and
completed on an ATM of Licensee, $.25 each time a Discover Card inquiry
transaction is authorized and completed on an ATM of Licensee and $.25 each
time a Discover Card transaction is denied on an ATM of Licensee provided
DCSI pays MPS for such transactions. Licensee agrees to pay MPS $.07 per
every DCSI acquirer transaction processed by MPS in connection with the
Gateway Services.
D. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1) MPS will process Licensee as a Sponsored Member in accordance with the
procedures set out in the Operating Rules and its agreement with DCSI.
2) Licensee hereby agrees to take all steps necessary to settle with MPS for
Discover Card transactions involving its terminals.
3) MPS will provide Licensee within 30 days of the effective date of this
Addendum a copy of the DCSI Documentation in effect on the date of this
Agreement. Licensee agrees to abide by and fully comply with the DCSI
Documentation as may be in effect from time to time, and to perform and
fulfill any and all obligations and responsibilities, and discharge any and
all duties and liabilities, relating to MPS, DCSI or Members to which it may
be subject in accordance with such DCSI Documentation, Operating Rules, or
resolutions adopted by the DCSI Board of Directors, or which may arise in any
other manner or from any other source related to the Gateway Services.
4) Licensee agrees that, upon request by MPS, it will periodically provide
to MPS certification in writing of its compliance with all Operating Rules
applicable to Licensee, or to MPS as processor and sponsor for Licensee, and
with DCSI Documentation.
5) Licensee will provide personnel, one of whom shall be a management level
technical interface person, to monitor, oversee and maintain its
participation with DCSI. From time to time, MPS will require communication
with Licensee's personnel, and Licensee agrees to provide names, telephone
number(s), and schedules of such personnel throughout the period of the
Licensee's membership with DCSI.
6) MPS will make available to Licensee activity files in a MPS format of its
DCSI transactions, unless similar information is provided by MPS through
other services provided to Licensee.
7) MPS will not provide: (i) routing of activity files received from DCSI to
Licensee; or (ii) any other files or reports not specifically described above.
8) Licensee agrees to allow the auditors of MPS or DCSI to review the files
held and procedures followed by Licensee in connection with the Gateway
Services.
2-KU
<PAGE>
9) Licensee shall be responsible for communicating with and making any
necessary reconciliation or adjustments in accordance with the DCSI
Documentation.
10) Licensee authorizes MPS to notify DCSI in writing of its desire to become
a Sponsored Member through sponsorship by MPS. Licensee also authorizes MPS
to provide DCSI with such information about Licensee as may be required by
DCSI and the Operating Rules.
11) Licensee agrees to display the Discover Card and/or NOVUS Services, Inc.
trademark according to the DCSI documentation except where explicitly
prohibited by national and/or regional networks in which Licensee
participates.
12) Licensee agrees to be responsible for all direct and indirect costs
(including but not limited to those incurred by MPS) in connection with and/or
related to Licensee's conversion from MPS at the termination of this
Addendum and/or related to any conversion by Licensee in connection with its
CMC after Licensee's initial conversion to MPS.
E. INDEMNIFICATION
Licensee agrees to pay all fees, assessments and penalties as they are
currently in effect or may be changed from time to time, imposed by DCSI,
whether billed directly to Licensee by DCSI or through MPS or its agents or
affiliates. MPS may allocate any such fees, fines, assessments or penalties
in such manner as it deems advisable in its sole discretion. Licensee agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless, MPS, its officers, employees, affiliates and
agents, from and against any losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties and
expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, that
MPS, its officers, employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of
Licensee's failure to comply with any provision of the DCSI Documentation,
the agreement between DCSI and MPS, the Agreement or this Addendum or for any
other reason in connection with the Gateway Services provided hereunder,
whether incurred by or as a result of the action or failure to act of MPS or
Licensee, or their agents. This indemnification shall survive the termination
of the Agreement and/or this Addendum.
F. MODIFICATION
In the event of any changes or modifications to the DCSI Documentation which
affect the responsibilities of a Member, MPS may amend this Agreement upon 30
days prior written notice to Licensee. MPS may change the fees and charges at
any time upon a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Licensee. In the
event such change in fees is in excess of the limit set forth in the
Agreement, the Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Addendum by
giving written notice thereof within 30 days after the date of notice of
change in fees and charges from MPS. Simultaneously therewith, termination of
this Addendum shall be effective the later of 30 days from receipt by MPS of
notice of termination, or the effective date of termination as set by DCSI,
but in no event later than 4 months from the date of Licensee's notice of
termination.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT BETWEEN
THEM, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS AND OTHER ADDENDA, SET FORTH THE COMPLETE AND
EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED
AND UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS ADDENDUM, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED
HEREIN SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY OF THE SERVICES OUTLINED IN THE DEFINITIONS AND
GENERAL SERVICES ADDENDUM OR OTHER ADDENDA WHICH MAY BE A PREREQUISITE FOR
THE SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By:/s/ Barry L. Boerstler
-----------------------------
Name: Barry L. Boerstler
---------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
--------------------------
Date: Nov 30 1998
--------------------------
LICENSEE: HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By:/s/ Lawrence P. Ward
-----------------------------
Name: Lawrence P. Ward
---------------------------
Title:
--------------------------
Date:
---------------------------
3-KU
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.4
ADDENDUM NA TO MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
INTERCEPT AND PROCESSOR SERVICES
This Agreement shall be an Addendum to the Master Data Processing Agreement
(the "Agreement"), dated October 1, 1998 between HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Customer"), having its principal offices at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso
Robles, CA 93446, and MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS"). Customer is a
member of the _________________________________________________ ("Network").
1. Customer desires to contract with MPS to provide the systems, computers
and communications necessary to allow it to operate Customer authorized
terminals to acquire transactions for Customer, Member Institutions and
others, and to accept those transactions for processing and authorization.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall mean:
MEMBER INSTITUTION shall mean any financial institution such as a bank,
thrift or credit union which is authorized by the Network to participate in
the Network.
NETWORK SWITCH shall mean the data processing servicer authorized by the
Network which may be used to route transactions between providers of
intercept services and processor services.
Except for the terms defined herein, the capitalized terms herein shall have
the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Definitions and
General Services Addendum as may be published by MPS from time to time. In
the event of a conflict between the Agreement and this Addendum, this
Addendum shall control.
B. TERM
The term of this Addendum shall commence October 1, 1998, and shall continue
for a term of ___ years from the 1st day of the calendar month following the
above date or the date of Customer's conversion to MPS for Intercept and
Processor Services ("Initial Term") whichever event shall later occur. Except
as hereafter provided, unless either party gives written notice to the other
party at least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the Agreement
and this Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional periods
equal to the Initial Term.
C. INTERCEPT AND PROCESSOR SERVICES AND FEES
INTERCEPT SERVICES shall mean the data processing systems and procedures
provided by MPS to operate Customer authorized terminals to acquire
transactions for Customer, Member Institutions, non-Network members, and
others as authorized by Customer or MPS. Transactions performed on Customer's
terminals by Customer's cardholders shall be processed by MPS using Processor
Services. All other acquired transactions shall be routed, at the option of
MPS, to the Network Switch, to Member Institutions, to MPS or to other
servicers.
PROCESSOR SERVICES shall mean the data processing systems and procedures
provided by MPS to accept and authorize EFT transactions including ATM
transactions in accordance with the stand MPS options selected by Customer.
Customer's EFT transactions may be routed to MPS from Customer, the Network
Switch, Member Institutions, non-Network members, MPS and others. Such
routing shall be determined by MPS.
The transaction record format between the Customer and MPS will be the MPS
version of ANSI X9.2 or such other format as may be mutually agreed upon
between MPS and Customer.
Customer agrees to pay the following fees for the Intercept and Processor
Service set forth below:
1. ATM Access Fees
(tiering cumulative)
- 0 - 15 ATMs $125/ATM/month
(subject to a maximum fee of $1,537.50/month)
- 16 - 25 ATMs $75/ATM/month
(subject to a maximum fee of $1,537.50/month
and subject to a maximum fee of $1,600/month)
1-NA
<PAGE>
- 26 and above ATMs $50/ATM/month
(subject to a minimum fee of $1,600/month)
2. ATM Site Preparation Fees
a) Off-Site Support and Consulting $500/ATM
- ATM installation consulting
- Sample site configuration
- Power requirements
- Cost effectiveness consulting
- Contractor consulting
- Order communications equipment and lines
- ATM vendor consultation
- Off-site troubleshooting
b) On-site ATM Support $500/ATM/site visit
- Installation of modems plus expenses
- On-site ATM connection
- On-site troubleshooting
3. Transaction Fees
Intercept and Processor transaction fees are assessed to Customer for all
cardholder and ATM transactions. Intercept and Processor transaction fees are in
addition to gateway, surcharge and other transaction fees assessed under this or
other Addenda. Customer can choose one of three available options for each card
type:
Option X - Remote Authorization. MPS receives the transaction, processes the
transaction in a partial fashion and switches the transaction to a remote data
center for account authorization. Local account balances are not resident at
MPS.
Option Y - Limits. MPS receives the transaction and provides independent
authorization based on card limits established by Customer. Account level
balance authorization is not available.
Option Z - Relational Data Base. MPS receives the transaction and provides
authorization services at both the card level and account level. Cross
referencing is provided between the cardholder name, card number and various
cardholder accounts. Local account balances may be updated via CRT or batch EFT
extract updating. The transaction can optionally be switched to a remote data
center for account authorization.
a) All Transactions
(tiering cumulative)
- 0 - 75,000 transactions $.065/transaction
(subject to a maximum fee of $4,400/month)
- 75,001 - 150,000 transactions $.0525/transaction
(subject to a minimum fee of $4,400/month
and subject to a maximum fee of $7,300/month)
- 150,001 and above transactions $.045/transaction
(subject to a minimum fee of $7,300/month)
b) Positive Balance Authorization Surcharge $.035/transaction
(for all cardholder transactions involving Option Z)
c) Stand-in Processing Surcharge
- Stand-in Transaction Fee Surcharge
Assessed in addition to the Transaction Fees for:
1) all cardholder transactions processed under Options
Y and Z, and 2) all cardholder transactions involving
Option X only when stand-in is active for Customer. $.03/transaction
2-NA
<PAGE>
4. Card Management (Cluster) Services
a) Plastic debt or credit card file
One Cluster for each plastic or plastics
with the same account number.
- Multiple types of plastics
Network ATM card
Visa
MasterCard
- Multiple account authority
Inquiry
Withdrawal/debit
Deposit/credit
Overdraft
- Multiple accounts per plastic (10 per account type)
Demand Deposit
Savings
Installment Loan
Visa and MasterCard Debit/Credit cards
Certificate of Deposit, including IRA
Mortgage Loan
Revolving Credit account
- External PIN validation (no algorithm)
- Online transaction history
- Authorization limits by Customer or cardholder
- Disk space for cluster file
- Card limits
- Card status
All Cards
(tiering cumulative)
- 0 - 25,000 cards $.05/card cluster/month
(subject to a maximum fee of $1,100/month)
- 25,001 - 50,000 cards $.0375/card cluster/month
(subject to a minimum fee of $1,100/month
and subject to a maximum fee of $1,550/month)
- 50,001 and above cards $.025/card cluster/month
(subject to a minimum fee of $1,500/month)
b) Cluster File Extension Support
- Customer name and address file
- CRT lookup by customer name or card number
- Cross referencing customer name to multiple card files
- Batch updating ability for cluster file
For Option X and Y $.02/cluster/month
For Option Z N/C
c) Account File Residency (Option Z) $.02/account/month
d) CRT File Updates $.05/update
e) Cluster PIN Validation transaction fee surcharge.
Applies to cluster file when PIN is derived from the card
track II data using a software algorithm and, optionally,
a key. All plastics in each card type must use the
same algorithm. $.01/transaction
3-NA
<PAGE>
5. Interface and Setup Fees
Setup fees apply whenever a new card or account type is added as well as
when the magnetic stripe track II data account number format or the account
file numbering scheme changes. Setup fees also apply in the Customer
converts among options X, Y and Z.
a) Customer Setup Fee $5,000
At Customer's conversion to MPS, this fee shall include one Remote
Authorization interface as defined in Section C.5.e herein below if
applicable.
b) Card Management file setup fee N/C
c) Card Management file conversion fee
- Cluster (card) file $1,000/card type
- Name and Address file for Options X and Y $1,000/file
- Name and Address file for Option Z N/C
- Account file for Option Z $1,000/file
d) Card Management PIN Validation setup
- Existing algorithm $1,000/BIN
- New algorithm $3,000/BIN
e) Remote authorization interface from MPS
to each account authorization Data Center $5,000/Interface
in standard MPS format.
f) Remote authorization interface from MPS Standard hourly rate/
Processor to each account authorization Interface
Data Center using non-standard MPS format.
6. Stand-in Processing Residency Fees
(applicable when clusters not maintained at MPS)
a. File residency (allowance of a combined $200/file/month
total of 5000 positive, VIP and
negative records included)
b. File residency extension for combined $.05/record/month
total of positive, VIP and negative
records in excess of 5000 per Processor
c. CRT file updates $.05/update
d. File refresh/synchronization
- First run per month N/C
- Additional runs each month $50/run
e. File transmission via RJE $150/file
f. File setup $1,000/file
D. NETWORK ACCESS SERVICES
The access service fees for the Network include MPS' initial installation and
recurring maintenance fees associated with Customer's interface to the Network
Switch under current Network's standards. These fees do not include any network
fees assessed to Customer or to MPS as a result of Customer's participation in
the Network.
4-NA
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NETWORK SETUP FEE MONTHLY ACCESS FEE
- ------- --------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Alert $3,000 $250/month
Bank Mate $3,000 $250/month
Gulfnet $3,000 $250/month
MAC (East or West) $3,000 $250/month
Magic Line $3,000 $250/month
MOST $3,000 $250/month
Money Station $3,000 $250/month
InfiNet (NYCE) $3,000 $250/month
Presto $3,000 $250/month
Pulse $3,000 $250/month
Rock Valley (EFTI) $3,000 $250/month
STAR $6,000 $300/month
Southeast Switch
(HONOR) $5,000 $250/month
Other Quoted Quoted
</TABLE>
E. OTHER SERVICES AND FEES
1. Online Adjustment System Fees $75/month
a) File residency $.10/update
b) CRT file updates $300
c) File setup
2. Online Deposit System (DEPSI) Fees
a) File residency N/C
b) CRT file updates $.10/update
c) File setup N/C
3. Communication Controller Access Fees
a) Remote Authorization Data Center
less than or equal to 9600 Baud
- Private Use Port $250/port/month
- Shared Use Port $125/port/month
b) RJE point-to-point port -
less than or equal to 9600 Baud $150/port/month
c) Private multi-drop (CRT, RJE) line -
less than or equal to 9600 Baud $150/port/month
d) Dial-up devices (CRT, RJE) $35/device/month
e) Other Quoted
4. Telecommunication Setup and Access Fees
a) RJE setup fee
- Standard Electronic Transmission using
IBM Standard Remote Job Entry $1,000/destination
b) RJE access fee
- First destination N/C
- Additional destinations $1,000/destination/month
5-NA
<PAGE>
c) CRT access fee
- first two CRTs plus additional CRT up to N/C
the number of Customer ATMs connected to MPS
- Additional CRTs $25/CRT/month
d) ATM definition fee $160/ATM
(subject to a $640 minimum/requests)
5. Other Fees
a) Microfiche reporting $2.20/microfiche page
b) Federal Reserve Settlement $7.00/month
c) ATM monitoring & dispatching $21.00/month/ATM
d) RJE Usage Fees
- Lease Line Usage $.001297/transaction
- Dial-up Usage $.003674/transaction
e) Other Services Quoted
6. MPS Standards
Customer shall be entitled to one copy of the MPS Standards and updates as
published from time to time as it relates to Intercept Services and
Processor Services provided herein.
G. REPORTS AND SETTLEMENT
MPS will provide Customer standard MPS reports for the services provided to
Customer. MPS will debit or credit Customer's accounts to settle monetary
transactions. Reports and settlement procedures are defined in the
Standards.
H. SERVICES AND EXPENSES NOT PROVIDED BY MPS
Certain services and expenses will be the sole responsibility of Customer
and include but are not limited to the following:
1. External costs for interchange settlement.
2. Individual terminals, modems, upgrades, modem sharing devices, etc.
3. Data entry of account balances, maintenance data, etc.
4. Communications lines, equipment, installation and maintenance costs to the
MPS Communications Controller.
5. Costs associated with maintaining and implementing all software and hardware
necessary to interface to MPS in accordance with Network and MPS standards.
This includes communication drop charges, modems and lines to the MPS data
center and for disaster backup capability and any MPS communication
equipment necessary to support Customer's unique operating environment,
including but not limited to protocol converters. MPS is not responsible for
terminal upgrades required to meet Network and MPS standards.
6. Costs incurred by PMS Network Control for contacting Customer, processors,
terminal owners and response teams in performing the Services.
7. Verification of network settlement, proving of deposits and handling of
exception items.
8. Physical magnetic tape or disk file output for Customer use.
9. Postage, printing, and courier costs associated with non-electronically
transmitted reports, and all other postage costs associated with the
services provided herein.
6-NA
<PAGE>
10. Communications equipment, lines and drop or communication access charges to
other switches.
11. Costs associated with RJE.
12. Fees assessed by Network Switch or others.
13. All fines, fees, assessments, inquiries, adjustments and other billings
charged to MPS by Network, or charged to Customer as a result of MPS's
actions or inaction, in connection with Customer's participation in the
Network.
14. Costs associated with hardware and/or software changes (including but not
limited to those of MPS) as a result of changes in Network's standards.
15. Customer agrees to be responsible for all direct and indirect costs
(including but not limited to those incurred by MPS) in connection with
and/or related to Customer's conversion from MPS at the termination of this
Addendum and/or related to any conversion by Customer.
I. INDEMNIFICATION
Customer agrees to participate in Network in compliance with Network's by-laws
and operating regulations and MPS's standards and this Addendum. Customer agrees
to pay all fees, assessments and penalties as they are currently in effect or
may be changed from time to time, imposed by Network, whether billed directly to
Customer by Network or through MPS. MPS may allocate any such fees, fines,
assessments or penalties in such manner as it deems advisable in its sole
discretion. Customer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless MPS, its directors,
officers, employees, affiliates and agents, from and against any losses or
damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including reasonable legal and
accounting fees and expenses, incurred by MPS, its directors, officers,
employees, affiliates and agents in connection with the Intercept and Processor
Services provided hereunder, whether incurred by or as a result of the action or
failure to act by MPS or Customer, or their agents. This indemnification shall
survive the termination of the Agreement and/or this Addendum.
J. MODIFICATION
In the event the Network changes its Network standards in any manner, MPS may,
at its option, modify this Addendum, the Intercept Services or the Processor
Services upon 30 days prior written notice to Customer, or terminate this
Addendum upon 60 days prior written notice to Customer.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT BETWEEN THEM,
AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS AND OTHER ADDENDA, SET FORTH THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED AND UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS ADDENDUM, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL
NOT INCLUDE ANY OF THE SERVICES OUTLINED IN THE DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL SERVICES
ADDENDUM OR OTHER ADDENDA WHICH MAY BE A PREREQUISITE FOR THE SERVICES DESCRIBED
HEREIN.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ Barry L. Boerstler
------------------------------
Name: Barry L. Boerstler
------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
------------------------------
Date: November 30, 1998
------------------------------
CUSTOMER: HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By: /s/ Lawrence P. Ward
------------------------------
Name: Lawrence P. Ward
------------------------------
Title: President
------------------------------
Date: November 30, 1998
------------------------------
7-NA
<PAGE>
0192-998
ADDENDUM TU TO MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT
AMERICAN EXPRESS NETWORK GATEWAY SERVICES - ATM ACQUIRER MEMBER
This Agreement shall be an Addendum to the Master Data Processing Agreement
(the ("Agreement"), dated October 1, 1988 between HERITAGE OAKS BANK
("Licensee"), having its principal offices at 545 Twelfth Street, Paso Robles,
CA 93446 and MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC. ("MPS").
I. MPS has entered into an agreement with American Express Travel Related
Services Company, Inc. ("AE") where MPS can make available to AE cardholders
certain ATMs operated or accessed through MPS systems, computers, and
communications to obtain cash.
II. MPS has the systems, computers and communications necessary to allow it
to interface with the AE Switch for the American Express Express Cash Program
("AEECP").
III. Licensee desires to use the systems, computers, and communication
facilities of MPS to interface with the AE Switch to allow the participation
in AEECP of its cash disbursement automated teller machines and/or scrip
dispensers and/or other devices (collectively referred to as "ATM").
IV. MPS is willing to provide Gateway Services to Licensee, as more fully
described herein, subject to the following terms and conditions.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of mutual
promises hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall mean:
CORRESPONDING MEMBER CENTER ("CMC") means the processing center directly
connected to MPS, which could be the Licensee's data center, MPS or a third
party processor.
AE DOCUMENTATION means the Operating Rules and other rules, regulations and
procedures (including MPS standards) determined by MPS to be relevant to and
affecting the Gateway Services from time to time.
AE SWITCH means the computer-based system provided by AE in accordance with
the Operating Rules for AEECP.
MEMBER means an organization (including AE) authorized by AE to participate
in AEECP.
OPERATING RULES means the American Express Funds Access Express Cash Program
Operations Guide and American Express Funds Access Express Cash Program
Implementation Guide as amended from time to time.
Except for the terms defined above, the capitalized terms herein shall have
the same meanings as ascribed to them in the Agreement or the Definitions and
General Services Addendum. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement
and this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.
B. TERM
The term of this Addendum shall commence October 1, 1998, and shall continue
for a term of ____ years or until the termination of the agreement between
MPS and AE (whichever event shall earlier occur) from the 1st day of the
calendar month following the above date or the date of AE's acceptance of
Licensee as a Member or the date of Licensee's conversion to MPS for Gateway
Services ("Initial Term") whichever event shall later occur. Except as
hereafter provided, unless either party gives notice to the other party at
least 120 days prior to the expiration of any term, the Agreement and this
Addendum shall be automatically extended for additional periods equal to the
Initial Term.
C. SERVICES AND FEES
GATEWAY SERVICES shall mean the data processing systems and procedures
provided by MPS to facilitate ATM sharing in AEECP between Licensee and/or
other Members. Other Members' AEECP transactions initiated at Licensee's
terminals and received by MPS from Licensee's CMC are routed to the AE Switch
or, at the option of MPS, routed directly to another Member.
1-TU
<PAGE>
MPS is the message processing entity positioned between the Licensee and the
AE Switch or other Members. The transaction record format between the
Licensee's CMC and MPS version of ANSI X9.2 or such other format as may be
mutually agreed upon between MPS and Licensee.
Licensee agrees to pay the following fees for the Gateway Services set forth
below:
1) Set Up Fee $500
Disconnect Fee $500
2) Monthly Assessment Fee
$150/month
3) Documentation Fees
- AE Documentation $75/copy
- Amendments/Supplements $50/copy
4) Adjustments
$5.00/adjustment
This fee applies to every AEECP adjustment submitted by or received by
MPS on behalf of Member Institutions.
Licensee acknowledges and agrees that AE will pay interchange and other fees
to MPS for all Licensee's AEECP acquirer transactions and in turn MPS will
pay Licensee $.65 each time a cash withdrawal transaction by an AE cardholder
of another Member is authorized and completed on a terminal of Licensee.
Licensee agrees to pay MPS $.07 per every AEECP acquirer transaction
processed by MPS in connection with Gateway Services.
D. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1) MPS will process License as a Member in accordance with the procedures
set out in the Operating Rules and its agreement with AE.
2) Licensee hereby agrees to take all steps necessary to settle with MPS for
AEECP transactions involving its terminals.
3) MPS will provide Licensee within 30 days of the effective date of this
Addendum a copy of the AE Documentation in effect on the date of this
Agreement. Licensee agrees to abide by and fully comply with the AE
Documentation as may be in effect from time to time, and to perform and
fulfill any and all obligations and responsibilities, and discharge any and
all duties and liabilities, relating to MPS, AE or its Members to which it
may be subject in accordance with such AE Documentation, Operating Rules, or
resolutions adopted by the AE Board of Directors, or which may arise if any
other manner or from any other source related to the Gateway Services.
4) Licensee agrees that, upon request by MPS, it will periodically provide
to MPS certification in writing of its compliance with all AE Operating Rules
applicable to Licensee, or to MPS as processor for Licensee, and with the AE
documentation.
5) Licensee will provide personnel, one of whom shall be a management level
technical interface person, to monitor, oversee and maintain its
participation in AEECP. From time to time, MPS will require communication
with Licensee's personnel, and Licensee agrees to provide names, telephone
number(s), and schedules of such personnel throughout the period of the
Licensee's membership in AEECP.
6) MPS will make available to Licensee activity files in a MPS format of its
AEECP transactions, unless similar information is provided by MPS through
other services provided to Licensee.
7) MPS will not provide: (i) routing activity files received from AE to
Licensee; or (ii) any other files or reports not specifically described above.
8) Licensee agrees to allow the auditors of MPS or AE to review the files
held and procedures followed by Licensee in connection with the Gateway
Services.
9) Licensee shall be responsible for communicating with and making any
necessary reconciliation or adjustments in accordance with the AE
Documentation.
2-TU
<PAGE>
10) Licensee authorizes MPS to notify AE in writing of its desire to become a
Member. Licensee also authorizes MPS to provide AE with such information
about Licensee as required according to the agreement between MPS and AE and
the Operating Rules.
11) Licensee agrees to display the AEECP trademark according to the AE
Documentation except when explicitly prohibited by national and/or related
networks in which Licensee participates.
12) Licensee agrees to be responsible for all direct and indirect costs
(including but not limited to those incurred by MPS) in connection with
and/or related to Licensee's conversion from MPS at the termination of this
Addendum and/or related to any conversion by Licensee in connection with its
CMC after Licensee's initial conversion to MPS.
E. INDEMNIFICATION
Licensee agrees to pay all fees, assessments and penalties as they are
currently in effect or may be charged from time to time, imposed by AE,
whether billed directly to Licensee by AE or through MPS or its agents or
affiliates in connection with Licensee's participation in AEECP. MPS may
allocate any such fees, fines, assessments or penalties in such manner as it
deems advisable in its sole discretion. Licensee agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless, MPS, its officers, employees, affiliates and agents, from and
against any losses, damages, fees, fines, penalties and expenses, including
reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses, that MPS, its officers,
employees, affiliates and agents may incur as a result of Licensee's failure
to comply with any provision of the AE Documentation, the agreement between
AE and MPS, the Agreement or this Addendum or for any other reason in
connection with the Gateway Services provided hereunder, whether incurred by
or as a result of the action or failure to act of MPS or Licensee, or their
agents. This indemnification shall survive the termination of the Agreement
and/or this Addendum.
F. NOTIFICATION
In the event of any changes or modifications to the AE Documentation which
affect the responsibilities of a Member, MPS may amend this Agreement upon 30
days prior written notice to Licensee. MPS may change the fees and charges at
any time upon a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Licensee. In the
event such change in fees is in excess of the limit set forth in the
Agreement, the Licensee shall have the right to terminate this Addendum by
giving written notice thereof within 30 days after the date of notice of
change in fees and charges from MPS. Simultaneously therewith, Licensee shall
give the necessary notice to AE of termination of its membership in AE as a
Member. Termination of this Addendum shall be effective the later of 30 days
from receipt by MPS of notice of termination, or the effective date of
termination as set by AE, but in no event later than 6 months from the date
of Licensee's notice of termination.
THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE MASTER DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT BETWEEN
THEM, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THIS AND OTHER ADDENDA, SET FORTH THE COMPLETE AND
EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED
AND UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS ADDENDUM, THE SERVICES DESCRIBED
HEREIN SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY OF THE SERVICES OUTLINED IN THE DEFINITIONS AND
GENERAL SERVICES ADDENDUM OR OTHER ADDENDA WHICH MAY BE A PREREQUISITE FOR
THE SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN.
MIDWEST PAYMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ BARRY L. BOERSTLER
-------------------------------------
Name: BARRY L. BOERSTLER
-----------------------------------
Title: SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
Date: NOV 30, 1998
-----------------------------------
LICENSEE: HERITAGE OAKS BANK
By: /s/ LAWRENCE P. WARD
-------------------------------------
Name: LAWRENCE P. WARD
-----------------------------------
Title: PRESIDENT
Date: 11-30-98
-----------------------------------
3-TU
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23
[LETTERHEAD]
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To: Heritage Oaks Bancorp
We consent to the incorporation of our report dated February 5, 1999, on the
consolidated financial statements of Heritage Oaks Bancorp and Subsidiaries
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1998, included in its Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
/s/ VAVRINEK, TRINE, DAY & CO., LLP
- ---------------------------------
VAVRINEK, TRINE, DAY & CO., LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Rancho Cucamonga, California
March 25, 1999
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 9
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 17,239,179
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS> 666,975
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD> 7,700,000
<TRADING-ASSETS> 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE> 14,517,871
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING> 15,758,151
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET> 16,059,007
<LOANS> 70,872,576
<ALLOWANCE> 1,069,535
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 131,168,498
<DEPOSITS> 119,407,706
<SHORT-TERM> 750,000
<LIABILITIES-OTHER> 1,574,122
<LONG-TERM> 0
0
0
<COMMON> 4,470,170
<OTHER-SE> 4,966,500
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY> 131,168,498
<INTEREST-LOAN> 6,459,394
<INTEREST-INVEST> 1,531,271
<INTEREST-OTHER> 0
<INTEREST-TOTAL> 7,990,665
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT> 2,480,420
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 2,544,300
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET> 5,446,365
<LOAN-LOSSES> 164,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS> 10,504
<EXPENSE-OTHER> 9,568,547
<INCOME-PRETAX> 2,074,621
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY> 1,346,595
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 1,346,595
<EPS-PRIMARY> 1.24
<EPS-DILUTED> 1.13
<YIELD-ACTUAL> 5.94
<LOANS-NON> 934,389
<LOANS-PAST> 0
<LOANS-TROUBLED> 396,506
<LOANS-PROBLEM> 0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN> 930,284
<CHARGE-OFFS> (45,277)
<RECOVERIES> 20,528
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE> 1,069,535
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC> 1,069,535
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN> 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED> 0
</TABLE>
